WO2021037011A1 - Device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium - Google Patents

Device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021037011A1
WO2021037011A1 PCT/CN2020/110951 CN2020110951W WO2021037011A1 WO 2021037011 A1 WO2021037011 A1 WO 2021037011A1 CN 2020110951 W CN2020110951 W CN 2020110951W WO 2021037011 A1 WO2021037011 A1 WO 2021037011A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
electronic device
cell
group
terminal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/110951
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赵培尧
王昭诚
曹建飞
Original Assignee
索尼公司
赵培尧
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 索尼公司, 赵培尧 filed Critical 索尼公司
Priority to CN202080058940.XA priority Critical patent/CN114270940A/en
Publication of WO2021037011A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021037011A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0072Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of resource information of target access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0058Transmission of hand-off measurement information, e.g. measurement reports
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0077Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of access information of target access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/0085Hand-off measurements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • H04W36/302Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data due to low signal strength
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/32Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by location or mobility data, e.g. speed data
    • H04W36/324Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by location or mobility data, e.g. speed data by mobility data, e.g. speed data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H04W4/42Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P] for mass transport vehicles, e.g. buses, trains or aircraft
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H04W4/44Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P] for communication between vehicles and infrastructures, e.g. vehicle-to-cloud [V2C] or vehicle-to-home [V2H]

Definitions

  • the present invention generally relates to wireless communication systems, and particularly relates to cell handover technology in wireless communication systems.
  • the present disclosure proposes a packet-based cell handover technology.
  • the present disclosure also proposes a technique for cell handover based on prediction.
  • the present disclosure provides devices, methods, and storage media for wireless communication systems.
  • an aspect of the present disclosure relates to an electronic device used on the control device side of a wireless communication system.
  • the electronic device includes a processing circuit configured to select a representative terminal device from a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a terminal device The representative of the group switches from the original cell to the target cell served by the electronic device in a group unit.
  • the terminal device includes a processing circuit configured to trigger an electronic device on the control side of a wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send a cell handover request for a terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the corresponding
  • the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group of the terminal equipment group makes the terminal equipment group use one of the terminal equipment as the representative terminal equipment to switch from the original cell served by the electronic equipment to the target cell in a group unit.
  • the electronic device includes a processing circuit configured to: send a cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover of the terminal device group from the other electronic device In reply, the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device to switch from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  • the method includes: selecting a representative terminal device from a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group, and re-establish it on a group basis.
  • the cell is switched to the target cell served by the electronic device.
  • the method includes: triggering an electronic device on the control side of a wireless communication system serving a terminal device to send a cell handover request for a terminal device group including the terminal device and receive a cell handover response for a corresponding terminal device group, so that The terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as a representative terminal device, and switches from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  • the method includes: sending a cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receiving the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the other electronic device, so that the terminal device group is The terminal device, as a representative terminal device, switches from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a processor, enable the processor to perform the method described in the present disclosure.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to a device including a processor and a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing instructions.
  • the device can execute the device described in the present disclosure. method.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to an apparatus including components for performing the method described in the present disclosure.
  • the present disclosure can simultaneously perform cell switching for users on high-speed vehicles in the form of a group, thereby improving the switching speed, significantly reducing resource overhead, and reducing the probability of random access conflicts when a large number of users perform cell switching at the same time, thereby reducing Handover delay.
  • the present disclosure can also trigger cell handover in advance by predicting the received signal quality of the target cell, thereby effectively reducing the probability of handover failure.
  • Figure 1 is a flowchart schematically showing a traditional cell handover procedure
  • FIG. 2A is a diagram schematically showing a scene in which a high-speed vehicle according to an embodiment of the present disclosure is operated;
  • FIG. 2B is a diagram schematically showing a cell handover history according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 schematically shows a flowchart of the operation of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Fig. 5 is a flowchart schematically showing a grouping of terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram schematically showing the data format of a cell handover request and a cell handover reply of a terminal device group according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing a random access process of grouped users according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8A is a diagram schematically showing the time change of the reference signal received power RSRP of the original cell and the target cell of the terminal device;
  • FIG. 8B is a diagram schematically showing a cell handover based on prediction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is an exemplary signaling flowchart schematically showing a packet-based cell handover scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram schematically showing a cell handover using a subset of downlink transmission beams corresponding to a handover area according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart schematically showing the operation of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of another electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart schematically showing the operation of another electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 15 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of a personal computer of an information processing device that can be employed in an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a first example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied;
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing a second example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied;
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a smart phone to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied.
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied.
  • a wireless communication system includes at least a control side and a terminal side, and a device on the control side can provide communication services for one or more devices on the terminal side.
  • control side of the wireless communication system has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and generally indicates the side in the communication system that transmits signal flow for control, for example, it may be the side in the communication system that controls cell switching.
  • terminal side has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and accordingly can indicate the side in the communication system that receives the signal flow to operate according to control, for example, it can be a part of the communication system that is controlled to perform cell handover. side.
  • control side and terminal side may include different devices in the communication system.
  • the equipment on the “control side” may include the “base station” in the communication system, and the equipment on the “terminal side” may correspondingly include the “terminal equipment” in the communication system.
  • the equipment on the “control side” may include the “terminal equipment” in the communication system, and the equipment on the “terminal side” may correspondingly include the "base station” in the communication system.
  • the term "base station” has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and includes at least a wireless communication station that is a wireless communication system or a part of a radio system to facilitate communication.
  • the base station may be an eNB that conforms to the 4G communication standard, a gNB that conforms to the 5G communication standard, a remote radio head, a wireless access point, a drone control tower, or a communication device that performs similar functions.
  • “electronic equipment on the control side” has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and may include, for example, equipment that is a part of a wireless communication system or a radio system to facilitate cell switching.
  • “electronic equipment on the control side” and “base station” may be used interchangeably, or “electronic equipment on the control side” may be implemented as a part of the “base station”.
  • mobile management unit is a device on the control side of a wireless communication system
  • the term “mobile management unit” has the full breadth of its usual meaning, for example, it can include being a part of a wireless communication system or a radio system to facilitate Signaling processing and mobility management equipment.
  • terminal equipment or “user equipment (UE)” has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and includes at least terminal equipment that is a part of a wireless communication system or a radio system to facilitate communication.
  • the terminal device may be a terminal device such as a mobile phone, a laptop computer, a tablet computer, an in-vehicle communication device, etc., or an element thereof.
  • terminal device and “user equipment” hereinafter may be simply referred to as “user” can be used interchangeably, or “terminal device” can be implemented as a part of "user equipment”.
  • the following descriptions of the embodiments of the present disclosure are mainly based on a communication system including a base station and a user equipment, these descriptions can be extended accordingly to include any other types of communication systems on the control device side and the terminal device side.
  • the operation on the control device side may correspond to the operation of the base station
  • the operation on the terminal side may correspond to the operation of the terminal device accordingly.
  • Fig. 1 is a flowchart schematically showing a conventional cell handover procedure.
  • the wireless communication system includes an electronic device 10 in a target cell, a terminal device 20, and an electronic device 30 in the original cell.
  • step S101 the electronic device 30 serving the user in the original cell performs measurement control on the user's terminal device 20 (for example, Reference Signal Receiving Power (RSRP) measurement control) .
  • step S102 the terminal device 20 performs measurement based on the control of the electronic device 30, and reports the measurement result to the electronic device 30.
  • step S103 the electronic device 30 sends a cell switching request to the electronic device 10 that will serve the terminal device 20 in the target cell to be switched to.
  • step S104 the electronic device 10 controls whether to permit cell switching.
  • the electronic device 10 sends a cell handover reply to the electronic device 30 in step S105.
  • the electronic device 30 sends a handover command to the terminal device 20 after receiving the cell handover response.
  • step S107 the terminal device 20 will cut off the connection with the electronic device 30 in the original cell, and then perform downlink synchronization with the target cell, and in step S108, use non-competitive random access resources to perform random access to the target cell. Access. Specifically, in downlink synchronization, the terminal device 20 detects a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) to obtain an optimal downlink transmission beam.
  • SSB Synchronation Signal Block
  • the terminal device 20 performs random access on the corresponding uplink random access resource, and the electronic device 10 in the target cell detects the optimal uplink reception beam and uses The corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission beam and the uplink random access resource obtains the optimal downlink transmission beam.
  • the user’s cell handover usually uses non-competitive random access, in which the configuration information of the non-competitive random access resource is sent by the electronic device 10 of the target cell to the electronic device 30 of the original cell through a cell handover reply, and then sent to the electronic device 30 through a handover command Terminal equipment 20.
  • step S109 the electronic device 10 sends a random access response (Random Access Response, RAR) to the terminal device 20.
  • RAR Random Access Response
  • step S110 the terminal device 20 that has successfully detected the RAR sends a handover completion signaling to the electronic device 10 serving the terminal device 20 in the target cell, and since then a cell handover of the terminal device 20 is completed.
  • the traditional cell handover will have a big problem.
  • a high-speed vehicle runs at a moving speed of about 350km/h and a cell radius is 500m.
  • the average residence time of the high-speed vehicle in each cell is only 5s to 10s, so frequent cell switching is required .
  • there are a large number of passengers in high-speed transportation so there will be a large number of users who need to complete the handover in a short time.
  • Still taking the 350km/h moving speed as an example assuming that 85 people can be accommodated every 25m on a high-speed vehicle, there are at most more than 300 users who need to switch between cells within 1s.
  • the handover preparation time may correspond to the time from the sending of the cell handover request in step S103 to the sending of the cell handover response in step S105.
  • the control-side electronic device must process multiple users one by one to prepare for switching, which will inevitably lead to an increase in preparation time. If the preparation time is too long, some users may even be unable to switch. .
  • the handover request and handover response in the existing NR/LTE system are generated separately for each user performing cell handover.
  • the handover request and handover response in the existing NR/LTE system are generated separately for each user performing cell handover.
  • it will cause information on the Xn/X2 interface between base stations. Increase the cost;
  • cell handover is triggered by a measurement report (for example, RSRP measurement report), and there is a certain time interval (ie, time-to-trigger (TTT)) between the measurement report and the measurement event performed under measurement control.
  • TTT time-to-trigger
  • the existence of the trigger time may cause the user to fail to receive the handover command, which will lead to the failure of the cell handover.
  • the measurement event is triggered.
  • the original cell After the trigger time and the handover preparation time between the original cell and the target cell, the original cell sends a handover command to the user. Because the user on the high-speed vehicle moves fast, the RSRP of the user’s original cell may have been Reduce to the extent that the user cannot receive the handover command correctly, which in turn leads to the handover failure.
  • the present disclosure proposes a technology for packet-based cell handover.
  • users on high-speed vehicles are simultaneously switched on a group basis, and a representative user in each group is selected for random access, thereby increasing the switching speed and significantly reducing resource overhead.
  • it reduces the probability of random access conflicts when a large number of users perform cell handover at the same time, thereby reducing handover delay.
  • the present disclosure also proposes a technology for cell handover based on prediction.
  • cell handover can also be triggered in advance based on prediction, thereby effectively reducing the probability of handover failure.
  • the technical implementation of the present disclosure will be exemplarily described below for application scenarios of high-speed trains.
  • the technical implementation of the present disclosure is not limited to this, and it can also be applied to other types of vehicles that carry multiple terminal devices, where the multiple terminal devices need to be switched frequently and/or simultaneously, such as Scenes of subways, fleets, etc. and Internet of Vehicles scenes, etc.
  • the electronic device 10, the terminal device 20, and the electronic device 30 may operate according to the radio access technology in LTE of 4G, and may also operate according to the new radio access (NR) technology of 5G.
  • NR new radio access
  • FIGS. 2A and 2B a scene in which a high-speed vehicle operates and a method of identifying a user as a user on a high-speed vehicle according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 2A and 2B.
  • a high-speed vehicle may travel along a specific track, for example, and a plurality of cell base stations C1-C7 are arranged along the track. During the travel of the high-speed vehicle along a specific track, the terminal equipment of the user carried by the high-speed vehicle will continuously switch from one base station to another base station.
  • users can be identified based on user-related trajectories. As an example, when the user's movement trajectory matches the track of a high-speed vehicle, it is determined that the user is a user on a high-speed vehicle (for example, a high-speed train, a high-speed rail). According to another embodiment, the user may be identified based on the user's speed. As an example, when the user's moving speed is greater than a certain threshold, it is determined that the user is a user on a running high-speed vehicle.
  • the cell handover history record of the user may be stored to be used to identify the user on the high-speed vehicle.
  • user mobility can be managed by a mobility management unit (Mobility Management Entity, MME) on the network side.
  • MME mobility management unit
  • the MME is made to record the user’s cell handover history, including the cell ID of each cell accessed (for example, C1- CN ), and the time of access to each cell (also called entering Time, such as T 11 -T N1 ) and the time of disconnection from each cell (also referred to as leave time, such as T 12 -T N2 ).
  • the entry time may be based on the time when the base station serving the cell receives the handover completion signaling sent by the user, and the leave time may be based on the time when the base station sends the handover command.
  • the network side pre-stores information of cell base stations along the high-speed train track, including, for example, the ID and location of the base station.
  • the network side pre-stores information of cell base stations along the high-speed train track, including, for example, the ID and location of the base station.
  • the moving time is the length of the time period, for example, it can be the residence time of the user in the cell included in the cell handover history record, and the moving distance can be estimated as the base station of the cell where the user is at the end time and the cell where the user is at the initial time. The distance between the base stations.
  • the selection of the motion time length should enable the user to span multiple base stations within the time period, for example, preferably 1 to 2 minutes. According to the above method, if the average moving speed of the user is greater than a certain threshold, for example, 150-200km/h, it can be determined that the user is a user on a high-speed train.
  • Fig. 3 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of an electronic device of a target cell according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a processing circuit 100, a memory 101 and a communication unit 102.
  • the processing circuit may be configured to select a representative terminal device among a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group, with the group as a unit Handover from the original cell to the target cell served by the electronic device.
  • the processing circuit 100 may be in the form of a general-purpose processor, or may be a special-purpose processing circuit, such as an ASIC.
  • the processing circuit 100 can be constructed by a circuit (hardware) or a central processing device (such as a central processing unit (CPU)).
  • the processing circuit 100 may carry a program (software) for operating the circuit (hardware) or the central processing device.
  • the program can be stored in the storage 101 (such as arranged in the storage 101) or an external storage medium connected from the outside, and downloaded via a network (such as the Internet).
  • the processing circuit 100 may include a selection unit 1001, and the selection unit 1001 may be configured to select one representative terminal device among a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group. According to this embodiment, the selected representative terminal device is reserved for non-contention random access resources.
  • terminal devices can be grouped according to signal spatial characteristics.
  • each terminal device in the terminal device group has the same or similar signal spatial characteristics. It is easy to understand that on high-speed vehicles, users holding each terminal device in the same terminal device group are adjacent in space, and maintain a spatially adjacent state during the cell switching time, so they have the same or similar signal space. feature.
  • the signal spatial characteristics include one or more of the following: downlink transmission beam, direct path angle, Doppler shift, path loss, and cell switching history.
  • the terminal device group may be the same as the previous terminal device group when cell handover is performed, or may be changed.
  • another electronic device that the terminal device accesses in the original cell removes the signal spatial characteristics of the original terminal device group that is significantly different from that of other terminal devices in the group.
  • Terminal equipment and add new terminal equipment similar to the signal space characteristics of the terminal equipment in the group to obtain a new terminal equipment group.
  • another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell obtains the terminal device group by clustering the signal spatial characteristics.
  • the processing circuit 100 may further include a receiving unit 1002, which may be configured to receive a cell handover request of the terminal device group from another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell.
  • the selection unit 1001 may select the representative terminal device based on the representative terminal device ID recommended by another electronic device included in the cell handover request of the terminal device group. As another example, the selection unit 1001 may also randomly select the representative terminal device. As another example, the selection unit 1001 may also select the representative terminal device according to its own needs.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group includes terminal device-specific information
  • the terminal device-specific information may include the timing advance (TA) value of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the original cell.
  • the TA value is the time that users need to advance in uplink transmission. Because different users have different distances from the base station, in order to ensure that the uplink signals of different users can reach the base station side at the same time, different users need to be configured with different TA values.
  • the processing circuit 100 may further include a sending unit 1003, and the sending unit 1003 may be configured to send the cell handover of the terminal device group to another electronic device serving the original cell in response to the cell handover request of the terminal device group. reply.
  • the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group may include terminal equipment-specific information, and the terminal equipment-specific information may include the ID of one or more terminal equipment that is permitted to switch, the ID of the selected representative terminal equipment, and the representative terminal Configuration information of the non-competitive random access resources reserved by the device.
  • the terminal devices that are permitted to switch may be at least some or all of the terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group may also include the cell radio network temporary identification (C-RNTI) of each terminal equipment in the terminal equipment group in the target cell.
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identification
  • another electronic device serving the original cell may send a handover command to the terminal device group. Further, in response to the handover command, all terminal devices in the terminal device group can cut off the connection with the original cell, and perform downlink synchronization on the target cell.
  • the handover command includes a random access indicator indicating whether the terminal device is a representative terminal device.
  • the handover command may also include the configuration information of the non-competitive random access resource reserved by the electronic device for the representative terminal device.
  • the representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resource to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell.
  • the representative terminal device can use the reserved non-competitive random access resources to send the preamble sequence to the electronic device, so as to access the electronic device in the target cell.
  • the time between receiving the handover command and sending the preamble sequence of the representative terminal device is greater than or equal to the predetermined group waiting window time to ensure that the non-representative terminal device can successfully complete the downlink synchronization.
  • the processing circuit 100 may further include an information obtaining unit 1004, which is configured to obtain the TA value representing the terminal device in the target cell based on the preamble sequence, for example, when the representative terminal device accesses the target cell Calculation.
  • the information obtaining unit 1004 may also be configured to obtain the optimal downlink transmission beam representing the terminal device in the target cell based on the preamble sequence.
  • the processing circuit 100 may also include a calculation unit 1005, which is configured to calculate the amount of change in the TA value representing the terminal device in the original cell and the target cell, and by dividing the non-terminal device group The TA value of the representative terminal device in the original cell is added to the change amount of the TA value of the representative terminal device to obtain the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the target cell.
  • a calculation unit 1005 which is configured to calculate the amount of change in the TA value representing the terminal device in the original cell and the target cell, and by dividing the non-terminal device group The TA value of the representative terminal device in the original cell is added to the change amount of the TA value of the representative terminal device to obtain the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the target cell.
  • the sending unit 1003 is further configured to send a random access response RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the RAR may be transmitted through a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH) channel, and may include the aforementioned TA value of each terminal device.
  • the processing circuit 100 may further include a scrambling unit 1006, which is configured to use the C-RNTI of the non-representative terminal device to scramble the RAR to be sent to the non-representative terminal device.
  • the non-representative terminal device can continuously detect the RAR after completing the downlink synchronization.
  • the receiving unit 1002 is further configured to use the uplink transmission resources indicated in the RAR to receive handover completion signaling from the terminal device that successfully detects the RAR, so as to complete a cell handover of the terminal device group.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group may be triggered by the measurement report of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the measurement report may be a measurement report for RSRP.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group can be triggered.
  • the predicted RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell can be calculated using the currently measured RSRP, the slope of the RSRP change, and the lead time.
  • the RSRP change slope can be estimated by fitting the measured RSRP historical value.
  • the advance time is the difference between the predicted time and the current time. According to this embodiment, the advance time may be configured based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
  • preamble resources corresponding to a part of the downlink transmission beams of the electronic equipment used to transmit the synchronization signal block SSB can be reserved only for the representative terminal equipment, so as to further reduce the cell handover process. Resource overhead.
  • the electronic device 10 may further include the memory 101 and the communication unit 102 shown in dashed lines in FIG. 3.
  • the electronic device 10 may also include other components not shown, such as a radio frequency link, a baseband processing unit, a network interface, a processor, a controller, and so on.
  • the processing circuit 100 may be associated with the memory 101 and/or the communication unit 102.
  • the processing circuit 100 may be directly or indirectly (for example, other components may be connected in between) connected to the memory 101 to access data.
  • the processing circuit 100 may be directly or indirectly connected to the communication unit 102 to transmit radio signals via the communication unit 102 and receive radio signals via the communication unit 102.
  • the memory 101 can store various information generated by the processing circuit 100 and various information to be used by the processing circuit 100 (for example, terminal device specific information, terminal device group common information, etc.), programs and data used for the operation of the electronic device 10, Data etc. to be transmitted by the communication unit 102.
  • the memory 101 is drawn with a dashed line because it can also be located inside the processing circuit 100 or outside the electronic device 10.
  • the memory 101 may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory.
  • the memory 101 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), read only memory (ROM), and flash memory.
  • the communication unit 102 may be configured to communicate with other electronic devices and terminal devices under the control of the processing circuit 100.
  • the communication unit 102 may be implemented as a transmitter or transceiver, including communication components such as an antenna array and/or a radio frequency link.
  • the communication unit 102 may send the cell handover reply of the terminal device group determined in the processing circuit 100 to another electronic device serving the original cell.
  • the communication unit 102 may also send and receive signaling required for the procedures described in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 shows that the processing circuit 100 is separated from the communication unit 102, the processing circuit 100 may also be implemented to include the communication unit 102. In addition, the processing circuit 100 may also be implemented to include one or more other components in the electronic device 10, or the processing circuit 100 may be implemented as the electronic device 10 itself. In actual implementation, the processing circuit 100 may be implemented as a chip (such as an integrated circuit module including a single wafer), a hardware component, or a complete product.
  • each of the above-mentioned units may be implemented as an independent physical entity, or may also be implemented by a single entity (for example, a processor (CPU or DSP, etc.), an integrated circuit, etc.).
  • processor CPU or DSP, etc.
  • integrated circuit etc.
  • the above-mentioned various units are shown with dotted lines in the drawings to indicate that these units may not actually exist, and the operations/functions they implement can be implemented by the processing circuit itself.
  • Fig. 4 schematically shows a flowchart of the operation of the electronic device of the target cell according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • step S401 the electronic device receives a cell handover request of the terminal device group from another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell.
  • each terminal device in the terminal device group has the same or similar signal spatial characteristics.
  • terminal devices in close proximity for example, terminal devices located in the same compartment
  • signal spatial characteristics may be used to group terminal devices.
  • another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell can obtain the terminal device group by clustering the signal spatial characteristics.
  • the terminal devices in the same group have the same beam, similar cell switching history, similar path loss, similar direct radius angle, and similar Doppler shift due to their similar locations. Therefore, these features can be formed into high-dimensional feature vectors, and the high-dimensional feature vectors of multiple terminal devices can be clustered (for example, using the K-means algorithm, etc.) to obtain multiple terminal device groups.
  • the TA value of the user is related to the beam, it is a necessary condition that users in the same user group have the same base station downlink transmission beam.
  • the beam used to transmit the synchronization signal block SSB and the beam used to transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH. Since the cell handover process mainly involves the beam corresponding to the SSB, the beam corresponding to the SSB is selected for user grouping.
  • FIG. 5 schematically shows a flowchart of signaling for grouping terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device sends an uplink reference signal to the electronic device serving it.
  • the electronic device can estimate the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal device based on the received uplink reference signal, including but not limited to downlink transmission beam, direct beam angle, Doppler frequency shift, path loss, etc. .
  • the electronic device sends a signaling for querying the cell handover history of the terminal device to the MME.
  • the MME returns its previously stored cell switching history of the terminal device to the electronic device, as shown in step S504.
  • the electronic device groups the terminal devices according to the cell handover history received from the MME and its estimated signal space characteristics.
  • other information such as the in-car Wifi system and the device room (D2D) system can also be used to assist terminal device grouping. For example, it is possible to assist terminal device grouping based on characteristics of similar signal strengths of Wifi access points measured by terminal devices in similar locations.
  • the terminal device grouping during cell handover may be the same as the previous terminal device grouping, or may be changed, for example, dynamically adjusted according to signal spatial characteristics.
  • another electronic device that the terminal device can access in the original cell removes the signal space characteristics of the original terminal device group that are significantly different from other terminal devices in the group.
  • terminal devices is not limited to the above description. It can be performed by the electronic devices serving the terminal devices in the original cell, or by the electronic devices to be served by the terminal devices in the target cell, or by the network side. MME proceeded.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include terminal device group common information and terminal device specific information.
  • the terminal device group shared information is the same information for the terminal devices in the same terminal device group.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group includes information common to the terminal device group and information unique to the terminal devices 1 to K. All terminal devices in the terminal device group can reduce the Xn/X2 interface signaling overhead by multiplexing the common information of the terminal device group.
  • the terminal device-specific information in the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include the TA value of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the original cell.
  • the terminal device group shared information in the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include the target cell ID and the minimum system information of the original cell.
  • step S402 the electronic device determines whether the terminal device group is permitted to perform cell handover. In the case that the cell handover request is permitted ("Yes" in step S402), in step S403, the electronic device selects one representative terminal device among the multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group, and then, in step S404, the original Another electronic device in the cell sends a cell handover reply of the terminal device group.
  • the cell handover response of the terminal device group may include terminal device group common information and terminal device specific information.
  • the terminal device group shared information is the same information for the terminal devices in the same terminal device group.
  • the cell handover response of the terminal device group includes information shared by the terminal device group and information unique to the terminal devices 1 to K. All terminal devices in the terminal device group can reduce the Xn/X2 interface signaling overhead by multiplexing the common information of the terminal device group.
  • the terminal device-specific information in the cell handover response of the terminal device group may include the ID of one or more terminal devices that are permitted to switch, the ID of the selected representative terminal device, and the non-specific information reserved for the representative terminal device. Configuration information for competing random access resources.
  • the terminal device group shared information in the cell handover response of the terminal device group may include the target cell ID, the target cell security algorithm identifier, and the target cell system information block.
  • the representative terminal device can be selected by the target cell in various ways.
  • the electronic device may also randomly select the representative terminal device or select the representative terminal device according to its own needs. As an example, it can be selected randomly from the terminal device group, or can be selected based on some terminal device characteristics (such as RSRP, etc.).
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group may also include a representative terminal device ID recommended by another electronic device serving the original cell.
  • the electronic device can select the representative terminal device based on the representative terminal device ID recommended by another electronic device in the original cell.
  • the electronic device in the target cell does not know the characteristics of the terminal device. Therefore, another electronic device providing service in the original cell can recommend a suitable representative terminal device according to the characteristics of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device with the best channel quality for example, the largest RSRP
  • the The ID representing the terminal device is included in the cell handover request of the terminal device group and sent to the electronic device providing the service in the target cell.
  • the cell handover response of the terminal device group may also include the C-RNTI of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the target cell.
  • the handover command may include a random access indicator indicating whether the terminal device is a representative terminal device.
  • the random access indicator may be 1, and for a non-representative terminal device, the random access indicator may be 0.
  • the handover command may also include the configuration information of the non-competitive random access resources reserved for the representative terminal device by the electronic device in the target cell, so as to inform the representative terminal device of the non-competitive random access resources reserved for the representative terminal device. Competing for random access resources.
  • the electronic device receives the random access of the terminal device group. Specifically, it represents that the terminal device cuts off the connection with the original cell and synchronizes downlink with the electronic device in the target cell. Then, the representative terminal device uses the non-competitive random access resources reserved for it to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell. As an example, the representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to send the preamble sequence to the electronic device. The electronic device in the target cell detects the optimal uplink receiving beam based on the preamble sequence, and uses the downlink transmission beam and the uplink random access The corresponding relationship of resources obtains the optimal downlink transmission beam.
  • the optimal downlink transmission beam of the representative terminal device is also the optimal downlink transmission beam of other non-representative terminal devices in the group, so that the non-representative terminal
  • the device also cuts off the connection with the original cell, and synchronizes downlink with the electronic device in the target cell, and then can use the optimal downlink transmission beam to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell.
  • the time between receiving the switching command and sending the preamble sequence of the representative terminal device is greater than or equal to the predetermined group waiting window time, as shown in FIG. 6, thereby ensuring that the non-representing terminal device can wait in the group waiting window time
  • the downlink synchronization is completed internally to avoid failure of non-representative terminal equipment access, thereby improving the robustness of the communication system.
  • step S406 the electronic device sends a random access response RAR to the terminal device.
  • the electronic device sends a random access response RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • RAR may include TA value, C-RNTI and uplink transmission resources.
  • the electronic device may send RAR in the public physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) space.
  • PDCCH public physical downlink control channel
  • the TA value contained in the RAR may include a TA value that is not representative of the terminal device, and the TA value may be calculated as follows.
  • the electronic device can also obtain the TA value representing the terminal device in the target cell based on the preamble sequence. Since the cell handover time is relatively short (usually within tens of ms to hundreds of ms), it can be assumed that the user terminal clock is stable during the cell handover process. Therefore, for all terminal equipment in the same terminal equipment group, the TA during the cell handover process The change (that is, the difference between the TA value in the target cell and the TA value in the original cell) is basically the same.
  • the electronic device can calculate the amount of change in the TA value of the representative terminal device in the original cell and the target cell, and by comparing the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the original cell of the terminal device group with the TA value of the representative terminal device Add the changes of, to obtain the TA value of the non-representative terminal equipment in the target cell.
  • the electronic device uses the C-RNTI of the non-representative terminal device to perform the RAR to be sent to the non-representative terminal device. Scrambled. Since the C-RNTI of the terminal equipment in the target cell has been included in the cell handover response and sent to the terminal equipment through the handover command, the terminal equipment has obtained the C-RNTI in the new cell before accessing the target cell , And then the received RAR can be decoded through C-RNTI.
  • non-representative terminal devices can continuously detect RAR after completing the downlink synchronization, as shown in FIG. 6.
  • non-representative terminal devices can continuously detect RAR in the common PDCCH space.
  • steps S405 and S406 may also be collectively referred to as a random access process.
  • step S407 the electronic device can use the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR to receive the handover completion signaling from the terminal device that successfully detects the RAR, and then complete the cell handover.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group may be triggered by a measurement report of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group, for example, it may be triggered by an RSRP measurement report.
  • the measurement event A3 defined in the NR/LTE system means that the RSRP of the neighboring cell is higher than the RSRP of the current cell and exceeds a certain threshold (for example, it can be 3dB or 6dB).
  • the measurement report is usually performed after a period of time (for example, 200 ms) has passed after the measurement event is triggered.
  • the radio protocol stack usually has three layers: layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3.
  • layer 1 (L1) is the lowest layer and implements various physical layer signal processing to provide transparent transmission of signals
  • layer 2 (L2 layer) is above the physical layer and is responsible for the communication between the terminal device and the electronic device.
  • Layer 3 (L3 layer) is responsible for obtaining radio resources (ie, radio bearers) and for configuring the lower layers using RRC signaling between the electronic device and the terminal device.
  • Users usually use L3 RSRP to trigger measurement events.
  • L3 RSRP is obtained after filtering by L1 RSRP. Although it is more accurate, there is a certain delay.
  • FIG. 8A schematically shows the change over time of the reference signal received power RSRP of the original cell and the target cell of the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment on the train is getting farther and farther from the original cell, and the distance from the target cell is getting closer. Therefore, as shown in Figure 8A, the L3 RSRP of the original cell (as shown by the dashed line) The indicated) keeps decreasing with time, and the L3 RSRP (as indicated by the solid line) of the target cell keeps increasing with time.
  • the target cell L3 RSRP of the terminal device exceeds the original cell L3 RSRP threshold ⁇
  • the measurement event can be triggered.
  • the original cell After the trigger time TTT and the handover preparation time between the original cell and the target cell, the original cell sends the message to the terminal device. Switch command. Since the terminal equipment on the high-speed train moves faster, the original cell L3 RSRP of the terminal equipment at this time may have been reduced to the extent that it cannot receive the handover command correctly, which will cause the cell handover to fail.
  • the present disclosure proposes a cell handover scheme based on prediction.
  • a cell handover request of the terminal device group can be triggered.
  • the predicted L3 RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell can be calculated by using the currently measured RSRP, the slope of RSRP change and the advance time.
  • the prediction formula of L3 RSRP is as follows:
  • Forecast L3 RSRP current L3 RSRP + L3 RSRP change slope ⁇ advance time
  • the slope of the L3 RSRP change can be estimated by fitting the measured RSRP historical value, for example, it can be obtained by fitting and estimating the L3 RSRP value in the most recent period of time using an algorithm such as the least square method.
  • the advance time is the time difference between the predicted time and the current time, which can be configured in advance based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device. For example, the faster the moving speed, the more advance time can be configured.
  • the optimal lead time can be obtained through long-term learning, and the lead time that makes the handover success rate the highest can be selected by the terminal equipment of the original cell.
  • the prediction is made independently.
  • a measurement event based on prediction can be defined, for example, the L3 RSRP predicted by the target cell exceeds a certain threshold ⁇ predicted by the original cell.
  • this prediction-based measurement event can trigger cell handover in advance to ensure that when the original cell sends a handover command to the terminal device, the original cell RSRP of the terminal device is still large enough to reduce the probability of handover failure.
  • FIG. 9 is an exemplary signaling flowchart schematically showing a packet-based cell handover scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • step S901 the electronic device 30 serving the user in the original cell performs measurement control on the terminal device 20 of the user. Then, in step S902, the terminal device 20 performs measurement based on the control of the electronic device 30, and reports the measurement result to the electronic device 30.
  • the measurement may include the measurement of the RSRP of the terminal device 20, and may also include the measurement of other parameters.
  • step S903 the electronic device 30 determines whether to perform the cell handover of the terminal device group based on the defined cell handover condition based on prediction. For example, when the measurement report of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group meets the cell handover condition, it may be determined to perform the cell handover of the terminal device group.
  • the electronic device 30 When the electronic device 30 makes a cell switching decision of the terminal device group, in step S904, the electronic device 30 sends a cell switching request of the terminal device group to the electronic device 10 that will serve the terminal device 20 in the target cell to be switched to , To initialize the cell handover of the terminal equipment group.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include terminal device group common information and terminal device specific information, and the terminal device specific information may include the TA value of each terminal device in the original cell.
  • step S905 the electronic device 10 of the target cell performs admission control to allow or reject the cell handover request of the terminal device group.
  • the electronic device 10 selects a terminal device from the terminal device group as the representative terminal device, and reserves non-competitive random access resources for it.
  • the electronic device 10 in the target cell sends a cell handover response of the terminal device group to the electronic device 30 in the original cell.
  • the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group may include terminal equipment group common information and terminal equipment specific information
  • the terminal equipment specific information may include the ID of one or more terminal equipment that permits the cell handover, the ID of the selected representative terminal equipment, and Configuration information of the non-competitive random access resource reserved for the representative terminal device.
  • the electronic device 30 of the original cell generates a handover command for each terminal device, and in step S908, sends the handover command to the terminal device that is permitted to switch the cell.
  • the handover command may include a random access indicator, for example, for a representative terminal device, the random access indicator is 1, and for a non-representative terminal device, the random access indicator is 0.
  • the handover command may also include the configuration information of the non-contention random access resource reserved for the target cell.
  • step S909 the terminal device that has received the handover command cuts off the connection with the original cell, and performs downlink synchronization on the target cell.
  • step S910 the representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to perform random access to the target cell.
  • the electronic device 10 in the target cell obtains the optimal downlink transmission beam and TA value representing the terminal device, and further calculates the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the terminal device group.
  • step S911 the electronic device 10 of the target cell sends an RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the method in the existing standard can be used to send the RAR
  • the non-representative terminal device the RAR can be sent after being scrambled by the C-RNTI.
  • the non-representative terminal device continues to detect RAR after downlink synchronization.
  • step S912 the terminal device that successfully detects the RAR uses the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR to send the handover completion signaling to the electronic device 10 in the target cell, and the cell handover is completed since then.
  • the grouped cell handover according to the present disclosure naturally also includes other auxiliary information required to complete the cell handover. make. According to the principle of cell handover and the signaling process as described above, the grouped cell handover according to the embodiment of the present disclosure is completed.
  • the packet-based cell handover and prediction-based cell handover technologies according to exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure have been explained above with reference to FIGS. 4-9.
  • the group-based cell handover as described above, it is possible to perform cell handover for users on high-speed vehicles at the same time as a group, which speeds up the handover. Only one representative user in each group is selected for random access, which is significant The resource overhead is reduced, and the probability of random access conflicts when a large number of users perform cell handover at the same time is reduced, thereby reducing the handover delay.
  • the prediction-based cell handover as described above, the cell handover can also be triggered in advance based on prediction, thereby effectively reducing the probability of handover failure. Please note that the aforementioned packet-based cell handover and prediction-based cell handover techniques can be used separately or in combination.
  • the initial access process of the user's terminal equipment requires the base station (ie, electronic device) to obtain the optimal downlink transmission beam for each user, which is achieved through the downlink synchronization signal block SSB and the uplink preamble sequence.
  • the fixed mapping relationship is determined, where each SSB corresponds to a downlink transmit beam.
  • the base station periodically sends the downlink synchronization signal block SSB, the user detects the SSB with the largest RSRP, and determines the preamble sequence used in the uplink random access process through the correspondence between the downlink SSB and the uplink preamble sequence. Subsequently, the user sends the preamble sequence for random access, and the base station can obtain the SSB with the largest RSRP by detecting the preamble sequence used by the user, thereby determining the optimal downlink transmission beam.
  • preamble sequence resources are reserved for users. It can be seen that the more SSBs, the more preamble sequence resources that need to be reserved, resulting in greater resource overhead. In order to further reduce the resource overhead in the cell handover process, the present invention proposes that only the preamble sequence corresponding to a part of the SSB can be reserved. In this embodiment, the preamble sequence resources corresponding to a part of the downlink transmission beams of the base station for transmitting the downlink SSB may be reserved only for the representative terminal equipment.
  • the downlink transmission beam of the base station corresponding to the handover area is a subset of all possible downlink transmission beams, as shown by the downlink transmission beams marked in black in FIG. 10. This subset of downlink transmission beams is commonly used in the cell handover process, so the base station can only configure the preamble sequence resources corresponding to this subset of downlink transmission beams.
  • the downlink transmission beam subset of the base station corresponding to the handover area may be obtained by long-term learning of the optimal downlink transmission beam when users on high-speed trains access the cell.
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device 20 includes a processing circuit 200, a memory 201, and a communication unit 202.
  • the processing circuit 200 may be configured to trigger the electronic device on the control side of the wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send a cell handover request for the terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the cell handover of the corresponding terminal device group.
  • the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device to switch from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  • the processing circuit 200 may be configured to trigger the electronic device to send a cell switching request of the terminal device group when the terminal device moves along a specific track and the moving speed is greater than a specific threshold, and the measurement report meets the cell switching condition.
  • the processing circuit 200 may be in the form of a general-purpose processor, or may be a dedicated processing circuit, such as an ASIC.
  • the processing circuit 200 can be constructed by a circuit (hardware) or a central processing device (such as a central processing unit (CPU)).
  • the processing circuit 200 may carry a program (software) for operating the circuit (hardware) or the central processing device.
  • the program can be stored in the storage 201 (such as arranged in the storage) or an external storage medium connected from the outside, and downloaded via a network (such as the Internet).
  • the processing circuit 200 may include a receiving unit 2001, which may be configured to receive a measurement control command from an electronic device in the original cell.
  • the receiving unit 2001 may also be configured to receive a handover command from the electronic device of the original cell.
  • the receiving unit 2001 may also be configured to receive the random access response RAR from the electronic device of the target cell.
  • the processing circuit 200 may further include a measurement unit 2002, which may be configured to measure the terminal device in response to a measurement control command, for example, may measure L1 RSRP or L3 RSRP.
  • a measurement unit 2002 which may be configured to measure the terminal device in response to a measurement control command, for example, may measure L1 RSRP or L3 RSRP.
  • the processing circuit 200 may further include a sending unit 2003, which is configured to send a measurement report to the electronic device of the original cell to report the measurement result thereto.
  • the sending unit 2003 may also be configured to use the reserved non-competitive random access resources to send the preamble sequence to the electronic device of the target cell when the terminal device is the representative terminal device, so as to access the target cell.
  • the sending unit 2003 may also be configured to, when the terminal device successfully detects the RAR, use the uplink transmission resources indicated in the RAR to send the handover complete to the electronic device to be accessed by the terminal device in the target cell. Signaling.
  • terminal devices can be grouped by electronic devices according to their signal spatial characteristics and cell switching history.
  • the signal spatial characteristics can be estimated by the electronic device based on the uplink reference signal sent by the terminal device, and the cell handover history can be obtained by the electronic device from the mobility management unit.
  • terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics may be grouped into a group.
  • the terminal device group may include one representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
  • processing circuit 200 may further include a synchronization unit 2004, which may be configured to cut off the connection with the original cell in response to the handover command, and perform downlink synchronization on the target cell.
  • a synchronization unit 2004, which may be configured to cut off the connection with the original cell in response to the handover command, and perform downlink synchronization on the target cell.
  • the processing circuit 200 may include a detection unit 2005, which may be configured to detect a random access response RAR.
  • the detection unit 2005 continuously detects the random access response RAR.
  • the terminal device 20 may further include a memory 201 and a communication unit 202 shown in dashed lines in the figure.
  • the terminal device 20 may also include other components not shown, such as a radio frequency link, a baseband processing unit, a network interface, a processor, a controller, and so on.
  • the processing circuit 200 may be associated with the memory 201 and/or the communication unit 202.
  • the processing circuit 200 may be directly or indirectly connected to the memory 201 (for example, other components may be connected in between) to access data.
  • the processing circuit 200 may be directly or indirectly connected to the communication unit 202 to transmit radio signals via the communication unit 202 and receive radio signals via the communication unit 202.
  • the memory 201 may store various information (for example, measurement results, handover completion signaling, etc.) generated by the processing circuit 200, programs and data for operation of the terminal device 20, data to be transmitted by the communication unit 202, and the like.
  • the memory 201 is drawn with a dashed line because it can also be located in the processing circuit 200 or located outside the terminal device 20.
  • the memory 201 may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory.
  • the memory 201 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), read only memory (ROM), flash memory.
  • the communication unit 202 may be configured to communicate with an electronic device under the control of the processing circuit 200.
  • the communication unit 202 may be implemented as a transmitter or transceiver, including communication components such as an antenna array and/or a radio frequency link.
  • the communication unit 202 may send the measurement result of at least one terminal device obtained by the processing circuit 200 to the electronic device.
  • the communication unit 202 may also send and receive signaling required for the procedures described in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the processing circuit 200 may also be implemented to include the communication unit 202.
  • the processing circuit 200 may also be implemented to include one or more other components in the terminal device 20, or the processing circuit 200 may be implemented as the terminal device 20 itself.
  • the processing circuit 200 may be implemented as a chip (such as an integrated circuit module including a single wafer), a hardware component, or a complete product.
  • each of the above-mentioned units may be implemented as an independent physical entity, or may also be implemented by a single entity (for example, a processor (CPU or DSP, etc.), an integrated circuit, etc.).
  • processor CPU or DSP, etc.
  • integrated circuit etc.
  • the above-mentioned various units are shown with dotted lines in the drawings to indicate that these units may not actually exist, and the operations/functions they implement can be implemented by the processing circuit itself.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart schematically showing the operation of the terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • step S1201 the terminal device receives a measurement control command from the electronic device of the original cell.
  • step S1202 the terminal device performs measurement in response to the measurement control command, and sends a measurement report to the electronic device.
  • the electronic device when the terminal device moves along a specific trajectory and the moving speed is greater than a specific threshold, and the measurement report meets the cell handover condition, the electronic device is triggered to send the cell handover request of the terminal device group and receive the cell handover of the corresponding terminal device group In reply, the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device to switch from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  • terminal devices are grouped by electronic devices according to their signal spatial characteristics and cell switching history.
  • the signal spatial characteristics are estimated by the electronic device based on the uplink reference signal sent by the terminal device.
  • the cell handover history is obtained by the electronic device inquiring from the mobility management unit.
  • terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics are grouped together.
  • the terminal device group includes one representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
  • step S1203 the terminal device receives a switching command from the electronic device. Then, in step S1204, in response to the handover command, the terminal device cuts off the connection with the original cell, and performs downlink synchronization on the target cell.
  • the terminal device group randomly accesses the target cell.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is a representative terminal device, it uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell, and receives a random access response RAR from the electronic device in the target cell .
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is the representative terminal device, it uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to send the preamble sequence to the electronic device in the target cell, thereby accessing the electronic device in the target cell, and the non-representative terminal The device can also access the electronic device in the target cell by using the optimal downlink transmission beam determined based on the preamble sequence.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is a non-representative terminal device, it continuously detects the random access response RAR after completing the downlink synchronization.
  • step S1206 when the terminal device successfully detects the RAR, the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR is used to send the handover completion signaling to the electronic device to be accessed by the terminal device in the target cell.
  • FIG. 13 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of another electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device 30 includes a processing circuit 300, a memory 301, and a communication unit 302.
  • the processing circuit 300 may be configured to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group to the electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the electronic device in the target cell, so that the terminal device group is As a representative terminal device, one terminal device of the group is handed over from the original cell to the target cell in a group.
  • the processing circuit 300 may be in the form of a general-purpose processor, or may be a special-purpose processing circuit, such as an ASIC.
  • the processing circuit 300 can be constructed by a circuit (hardware) or a central processing device (such as a central processing unit (CPU)).
  • the processing circuit 300 may carry a program (software) for operating the circuit (hardware) or the central processing device.
  • the program can be stored in the storage 301 (such as arranged in a storage) or an external storage medium connected from the outside, and downloaded via a network (such as the Internet).
  • the processing circuit 300 may include a sending unit 3001, which may be configured to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group to the electronic device in the target cell.
  • the sending unit 3001 may also be configured to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group to the electronic device serving the target cell when the measurement report of the terminal device meets the cell handover condition.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include the representative terminal device ID recommended by the electronic device 30 to the electronic device of the target cell.
  • the sending unit 3001 may also be configured to send a cell handover history query command to the mobility management unit.
  • the processing circuit 300 may further include a receiving unit 3002, which may be configured to receive the cell handover reply of the terminal device group from the electronic device of the target cell.
  • the receiving unit 3002 may also be configured to receive measurement reports from one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the receiving unit 3002 may also be configured to receive the cell handover history of the terminal device from the mobility management unit.
  • the receiving unit 3002 may also be configured to receive an uplink reference signal from a terminal device.
  • the processing circuit 300 may further include a grouping unit 3003, which may be configured to group the terminal devices served by the electronic device 30 into one or more terminal device groups, wherein each terminal device group includes a representative terminal. Device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
  • the grouping unit 3003 may also be configured to group the terminal devices according to the signal space characteristics of the terminal devices and the cell switching history.
  • the grouping unit 3003 may also be configured to group terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics by clustering the signal spatial characteristics when the terminal devices are not originally grouped; and When the terminal devices have been grouped in the original group, by removing the terminal devices in the original terminal device group that are significantly different from the other terminal devices in the group, and adding new terminal devices that are similar to the signal space characteristics of the terminal devices in the group , Get a new terminal equipment group.
  • the processing circuit 300 may further include an estimation unit 3004, which may be configured to estimate the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal device based on the uplink reference signal received by the receiving unit 3002.
  • the processing circuit 300 may further include a selection unit 3005, which may be configured to select a representative terminal device according to the characteristics of the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 3001 may also be configured to send a handover command to the terminal device group in response to the cell handover reply of the terminal device group.
  • the handover command includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the target cell.
  • the sending unit 3001 may be further configured to send the terminal device to the electronic device serving the target cell when the RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in the original cell by a predetermined threshold. The cell handover request of the device group.
  • the processing circuit 300 may also have a calculation unit 3006, which may be configured to use the currently measured RSRP, RSRP change slope and lead time to calculate the predicted RSRP of the terminal device in the original cell and the target cell.
  • the estimation unit 3004 may also be configured to use the measured historical RSRP value to fit the estimated RSRP change slope.
  • the lead time may be configured based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
  • the electronic device 30 may further include a memory 301 and a communication unit 302 shown in dashed lines in the figure.
  • the electronic device 30 may also include other components not shown, such as a radio frequency link, a baseband processing unit, a network interface, a processor, a controller, and so on.
  • the processing circuit 300 may be associated with the memory 301 and/or the communication unit 302.
  • the processing circuit 300 may be directly or indirectly (for example, other components may be connected in between) connected to the memory 301 to access data.
  • the processing circuit 300 may be directly or indirectly connected to the communication unit 302 to transmit radio signals via the communication unit 302 and receive radio signals via the communication unit 302.
  • the memory 301 can store various information generated by the processing circuit 300 (for example, terminal device grouping information, signal spatial characteristics, selected representative terminal device IDs, etc.), programs and data used for the operation of the electronic device 30, and will be used by the communication unit 302 Data sent, etc.
  • the memory 301 is drawn with a dashed line because it can also be located inside the processing circuit 300 or outside the electronic device 30.
  • the memory 301 may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory.
  • the memory 301 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), read only memory (ROM), and flash memory.
  • the communication unit 302 may be configured to communicate with electronic devices and terminal devices under the control of the processing circuit 300.
  • the communication unit 302 may be implemented as a transmitter or transceiver, including communication components such as an antenna array and/or a radio frequency link.
  • the communication unit 302 may send the representative terminal device ID determined in the processing circuit 300 to the electronic device of the original cell in the wireless communication system.
  • the communication unit 302 may also send and receive signaling required for the procedures described in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the processing circuit 300 may also be implemented to include the communication unit 302.
  • the processing circuit 300 may also be implemented to include one or more other components in the electronic device 30, or the processing circuit 300 may be implemented as the electronic device 30 itself.
  • the processing circuit 300 may be implemented as a chip (such as an integrated circuit module including a single wafer), a hardware component, or a complete product.
  • each of the above-mentioned units may be implemented as an independent physical entity, or may also be implemented by a single entity (for example, a processor (CPU or DSP, etc.), an integrated circuit, etc.).
  • processor CPU or DSP, etc.
  • integrated circuit etc.
  • the above-mentioned various units are shown with dotted lines in the drawings to indicate that these units may not actually exist, and the operations/functions they implement can be implemented by the processing circuit itself.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart schematically showing the operation of the electronic device of the original cell according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device groups the terminal devices. Specifically, the electronic device groups the terminal devices it serves into one or more terminal device groups, where each terminal device group includes a representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
  • the electronic device may group the terminal devices according to the signal space characteristics of the terminal device and the cell switching history. In some embodiments, the electronic device sends a cell handover history query command to the mobility management unit, and then receives the cell handover history of the terminal device from the mobility management unit. In some embodiments, the electronic device receives the uplink reference signal from the terminal device, and then estimates the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal device based on the received uplink reference signal.
  • the electronic device clusters the signal spatial characteristics to group terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics.
  • the electronic device removes the terminal devices in the original terminal device group that have a large difference in signal space characteristics from other terminal devices in the group, and adds the difference between the terminal devices in the group and the terminal devices in the group. New terminal equipment with similar signal spatial characteristics will get a new terminal equipment group.
  • step S1402 the electronic device selects a representative terminal device according to the characteristics of the terminal device. Note that step S1402 is not necessary, and the representative terminal device may also be selected not by the electronic device of the original cell, but by the electronic device of the target cell.
  • step S1403 the electronic device determines whether the measurement report satisfies the cell handover condition based on the measurement report received from one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the electronic device sends a cell switching request of the terminal device group to another electronic device serving the target cell.
  • the electronic device returns to make a judgment based on the newly received measurement report.
  • the electronic device when the reference signal received power RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in the original cell by a predetermined threshold, the electronic device transmits the cell of the terminal device group to another electronic device serving the target cell Switch request. In some embodiments, the electronic device uses the currently measured RSRP, the RSRP change slope, and the lead time to calculate the predicted RSRP of the terminal device in the original cell and the target cell. In some embodiments, the electronic device uses the measured RSRP historical value in the measurement report to fit and estimate the RSRP change slope. In some embodiments, the electronic device configures the lead time based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group includes the representative terminal device ID selected by the electronic device, that is, the representative terminal device ID recommended to another electronic device in the target cell.
  • step S1405 the electronic device receives a cell handover response of the terminal device group from another electronic device in the target cell.
  • the electronic device receives the cell handover response of the terminal device group from another electronic device in the target cell ("Yes" in step S1405)
  • step S1406 the electronic device sends a handover command to the terminal device group to instruct the terminal device group Perform cell handover.
  • the electronic device does not receive the cell switching response of the terminal device group from another electronic device in the target cell ("No" in step S1405), the cell switching ends.
  • the handover command includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the target cell.
  • machine-readable storage medium or the machine-executable instructions in the program product may be configured to perform operations corresponding to the above-mentioned device and method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the machine-readable storage medium or program product is clear to those skilled in the art, so the description will not be repeated.
  • Machine-readable storage media and program products for carrying or including the above-mentioned machine-executable instructions also fall within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • Such storage media may include, but are not limited to, floppy disks, optical disks, magneto-optical disks, memory cards, memory sticks, and so on.
  • FIG. 15 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a personal computer of an information processing apparatus that can be employed in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the personal computer may correspond to the above-mentioned exemplary terminal device according to the present disclosure.
  • a central processing unit (CPU) 1501 performs various processes in accordance with a program stored in a read only memory (ROM) 1502 or a program loaded from a storage part 1508 to a random access memory (RAM) 1503.
  • the RAM 1503 also stores data required when the CPU 1501 executes various processes and the like as necessary.
  • the CPU 1501, ROM 1502, and RAM 1503 are connected to each other via a bus 1504.
  • the input/output interface 1505 is also connected to the bus 1504.
  • input part 1506 including keyboard, mouse, etc.
  • output part 1507 including display, such as cathode ray tube (CRT), liquid crystal display (LCD), etc., and speakers, etc.
  • storage part 1508 Including hard disks, etc.
  • communication part 1509 including network interface cards such as LAN cards, modems, etc.
  • the communication section 1509 performs communication processing via a network such as the Internet.
  • the driver 1510 is also connected to the input/output interface 1505 as required.
  • a removable medium 1511 such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, a semiconductor memory, etc. is mounted on the drive 1510 as needed, so that the computer program read out therefrom is installed into the storage portion 1508 as needed.
  • a program constituting the software is installed from a network such as the Internet or a storage medium such as a removable medium 1511.
  • this storage medium is not limited to the detachable medium 1511 shown in FIG. 15 where the program is stored and distributed separately from the device to provide the program to the user.
  • removable media 1511 include magnetic disks (including floppy disks (registered trademarks)), optical disks (including compact disk read-only memory (CD-ROM) and digital versatile disks (DVD)), magneto-optical disks (including mini disks (MD) (registered trademarks) )) and semiconductor memory.
  • the storage medium may be a ROM 1502, a hard disk included in the storage portion 1508, etc., in which programs are stored and distributed to users together with the devices containing them.
  • the technology of the present disclosure can be applied to various products.
  • the electronic device 10/electronic device 30 may be implemented as various control devices/base stations or included in various control devices/base stations.
  • the terminal device 20 may be implemented as various terminal devices or included in various terminal devices.
  • the electronic device/base station mentioned in the present disclosure may be implemented as any type of base station, such as an eNB, such as a macro eNB and a small eNB.
  • a small eNB may be an eNB that covers a cell smaller than a macro cell, such as a pico eNB, a micro eNB, and a home (femto) eNB.
  • it may be implemented as a gNB, such as a macro gNB and a small gNB.
  • the small gNB may be a gNB covering a cell smaller than a macro cell, such as pico gNB, micro gNB, and home (femto) gNB.
  • the base station may be implemented as any other type of base station, such as NodeB and Base Transceiver Station (BTS).
  • the base station may include: a main body (also referred to as a base station device) configured to control wireless communication; and one or more remote radio heads (Remote Radio Head, RRH) arranged in a different place from the main body.
  • a main body also referred to as a base station device
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • various types of terminals to be described below can all operate as base stations by temporarily or semi-persistently performing base station functions.
  • the terminal devices mentioned in the present disclosure may be implemented as mobile terminals (such as smart phones, tablet personal computers (PCs), notebook PCs, portable game terminals, portable/dongle type mobile routers, and mobile routers) in some embodiments. Digital camera) or in-vehicle terminal (such as car navigation equipment).
  • the terminal device may also be implemented as a terminal (also referred to as a machine type communication (MTC) terminal) that performs machine-to-machine (M2M) communication.
  • the terminal device may be a wireless communication module (such as an integrated circuit module including a single chip) installed on each of the above-mentioned terminals.
  • the term electronic equipment/base station in the present disclosure has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and at least includes wireless communication stations used as a wireless communication system or a part of a radio system to facilitate communication.
  • the base station may be, for example, but not limited to the following: the base station may be one or both of a base transceiver station (BTS) and a base station controller (BSC) in a GSM system, and may be a radio network controller in a WCDMA system
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • BSC base station controller
  • RNC radio network controller
  • One or both of (RNC) and Node B may be eNBs in LTE and LTE-Advanced systems, or may be corresponding network nodes in future communication systems (for example, gNB, eLTE that may appear in 5G communication systems) eNB, etc.).
  • Part of the functions in the base station of the present disclosure may also be implemented as an entity having a communication control function in D2D, M2M, and V2
  • FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a first example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied.
  • the eNB 1600 includes multiple antennas 1610 and base station equipment 1620.
  • the base station device 1620 and each antenna 1610 may be connected to each other via an RF cable.
  • the eNB 1600 (or base station device 1620) herein may correspond to the electronic device 10 or the electronic device 30 described above.
  • Each of the antennas 1610 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) antenna), and is used for the base station device 1620 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • the eNB 1600 may include multiple antennas 1610.
  • multiple antennas 1610 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1600.
  • the base station device 1620 includes a controller 1621, a memory 1622, a network interface 1623, and a wireless communication interface 1625.
  • the controller 1621 may be, for example, a CPU or a DSP, and operates various functions of a higher layer of the base station device 1620. For example, the controller 1621 triggers the cell handover according to the measurement report on the terminal side in the wireless communication system acquired by the wireless communication interface 1625, so that the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device, and the group is taken from the original cell. Switch to the target cell.
  • the controller 1621 may have a logic function to perform control such as radio resource control, radio bearer control, mobility management, access control, and scheduling. This control can be performed in conjunction with nearby eNBs or core network nodes.
  • the memory 1622 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs executed by the controller 1621 and various types of control data (such as switching permission data and switching command data).
  • the network interface 1623 is a communication interface for connecting the base station device 1620 to the core network 1624.
  • the controller 1621 may communicate with a core network node or another eNB via a network interface 1623.
  • the eNB 1600 and the core network node or other eNBs may be connected to each other through a logical interface (such as an S1 interface and an X2 interface).
  • the network interface 1623 may also be a wired communication interface or a wireless communication interface for a wireless backhaul line. If the network interface 1623 is a wireless communication interface, the network interface 1623 can use a higher frequency band for wireless communication than the frequency band used by the wireless communication interface 1625.
  • the wireless communication interface 1625 supports any cellular communication scheme (such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced), and provides wireless connection to a terminal located in a cell of the eNB 1600 via an antenna 1610.
  • the wireless communication interface 1625 may generally include, for example, a baseband (BB) processor 1626 and an RF circuit 1627.
  • the BB processor 1626 can perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform layers (such as L1, medium access control (MAC), radio link control (RLC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP)) various types of signal processing.
  • the BB processor 1626 may have a part or all of the above-mentioned logical functions.
  • the BB processor 1626 may be a memory storing a communication control program, or a module including a processor and related circuits configured to execute the program.
  • the update program can change the function of the BB processor 1626.
  • the module may be a card or a blade inserted into the slot of the base station device 1620. Alternatively, the module can also be a chip mounted on a card or blade.
  • the RF circuit 1627 may include, for example, a mixer, a filter, and an amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 1610.
  • FIG. 16 shows an example in which one RF circuit 1627 is connected to one antenna 1610, the present disclosure is not limited to this illustration, but one RF circuit 1627 can connect multiple antennas 1610 at the same time.
  • the wireless communication interface 1625 may include a plurality of BB processors 1626.
  • multiple BB processors 1626 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1600.
  • the wireless communication interface 1625 may include a plurality of RF circuits 1627.
  • multiple RF circuits 1627 may be compatible with multiple antenna elements.
  • FIG. 16 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1625 includes a plurality of BB processors 1626 and a plurality of RF circuits 1627, the wireless communication interface 1625 may also include a single BB processor 1626 or a single RF circuit 1627.
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing a second example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied.
  • the eNB 1700 includes multiple antennas 1710, RRHs 1720, and base station equipment 1730.
  • the RRH 1720 and each antenna 1710 may be connected to each other via an RF cable.
  • the base station device 1730 and the RRH 1720 may be connected to each other via a high-speed line such as an optical fiber cable.
  • the eNB 1700 (or base station device 1730) herein may correspond to the above-mentioned electronic device 10 or electronic device 30.
  • Each of the antennas 1710 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna), and is used for the RRH 1720 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • the eNB 1700 may include multiple antennas 1710.
  • multiple antennas 1710 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1700.
  • the base station equipment 1730 includes a controller 1731, a memory 1732, a network interface 1733, a wireless communication interface 1734, and a connection interface 1736.
  • the controller 1731, the memory 1732, and the network interface 1733 are the same as the controller 1621, the memory 1622, and the network interface 1623 described with reference to FIG. 16.
  • the wireless communication interface 1734 supports any cellular communication scheme (such as LTE and LTE-Advanced), and provides wireless communication to terminals located in the sector corresponding to the RRH 1720 via the RRH 1720 and the antenna 1710.
  • the wireless communication interface 1734 may generally include, for example, a BB processor 1735.
  • the BB processor 1735 is the same as the BB processor 1626 described with reference to FIG. 16 except that the BB processor 1735 is connected to the RF circuit 1722 of the RRH 1720 via the connection interface 1736.
  • the wireless communication interface 1734 may include a plurality of BB processors 1735.
  • multiple BB processors 1735 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by the eNB 1700.
  • FIG. 17 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1734 includes a plurality of BB processors 1735, the wireless communication interface 1734 may also include a single BB processor 1735.
  • connection interface 1736 is an interface for connecting the base station device 1730 (wireless communication interface 1734) to the RRH 1720.
  • the connection interface 1736 may also be a communication module used to connect the base station device 1730 (wireless communication interface 1734) to the RRH 1720 for communication in the aforementioned high-speed line.
  • the RRH 1720 includes a connection interface 1723 and a wireless communication interface 1721.
  • connection interface 1723 is an interface for connecting the RRH 1720 (wireless communication interface 1721) to the base station device 1730.
  • the connection interface 1723 may also be a communication module used for communication in the above-mentioned high-speed line.
  • the wireless communication interface 1721 transmits and receives wireless signals via the antenna 1710.
  • the wireless communication interface 1721 may generally include, for example, an RF circuit 1722.
  • the RF circuit 1722 may include, for example, a mixer, a filter, and an amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 1710.
  • FIG. 17 shows an example in which one RF circuit 1722 is connected to one antenna 1710, the present disclosure is not limited to this illustration, but one RF circuit 1722 can connect multiple antennas 1710 at the same time.
  • the wireless communication interface 1721 may include a plurality of RF circuits 1722.
  • multiple RF circuits 1722 may support multiple antenna elements.
  • FIG. 17 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1721 includes a plurality of RF circuits 1722, the wireless communication interface 1721 may also include a single RF circuit 1722.
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a smart phone 1800 to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied.
  • the smart phone 1800 includes a processor 1801, a memory 1802, a storage device 1803, an external connection interface 1804, a camera device 1806, a sensor 1807, a microphone 1808, an input device 1809, a display device 1810, a speaker 1811, a wireless communication interface 1812, one or more An antenna switch 1815, one or more antennas 1816, a bus 1817, a battery 1818, and an auxiliary controller 1819.
  • the smart phone 1800 (or the processor 1801) herein may correspond to the aforementioned terminal device 20.
  • the processor 1801 may be, for example, a CPU or a system on a chip (SoC), and controls the functions of the application layer and other layers of the smart phone 1800.
  • the memory 1802 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 1801.
  • the storage device 1803 may include a storage medium such as a semiconductor memory and a hard disk.
  • the external connection interface 1804 is an interface for connecting an external device such as a memory card and a universal serial bus (USB) device to the smart phone 1800.
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the imaging device 1806 includes an image sensor such as a charge coupled device (CCD) and a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), and generates a captured image.
  • the sensor 1807 may include a group of sensors, such as a measurement sensor, a gyroscope sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and an acceleration sensor.
  • the microphone 1808 converts the sound input to the smart phone 1800 into an audio signal.
  • the input device 1809 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a keypad, a keyboard, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 1810, and receives an operation or information input from the user.
  • the display device 1810 includes a screen such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) and an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, and displays an output image of the smartphone 1800.
  • the speaker 1811 converts the audio signal output from the smart phone 1800 into sound.
  • the wireless communication interface 1812 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication interface 1812 may generally include, for example, a BB processor 1813 and an RF circuit 1814.
  • the BB processor 1813 may perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communication.
  • the RF circuit 1814 may include, for example, a mixer, a filter, and an amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 1816.
  • the wireless communication interface 1812 may be a chip module on which the BB processor 1813 and the RF circuit 1814 are integrated. As shown in FIG.
  • the wireless communication interface 1812 may include a plurality of BB processors 1813 and a plurality of RF circuits 1814.
  • FIG. 18 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1812 includes a plurality of BB processors 1813 and a plurality of RF circuits 1814, the wireless communication interface 1812 may also include a single BB processor 1813 or a single RF circuit 1814.
  • the wireless communication interface 1812 may support another type of wireless communication scheme, such as a short-range wireless communication scheme, a near field communication scheme, and a wireless local area network (LAN) scheme.
  • the wireless communication interface 1812 may include a BB processor 1813 and an RF circuit 1814 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • Each of the antenna switches 1815 switches the connection destination of the antenna 1816 among a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 1812 (for example, circuits for different wireless communication schemes).
  • Each of the antennas 1816 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna), and is used for the wireless communication interface 1812 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • the smart phone 1800 may include multiple antennas 1816.
  • FIG. 18 shows an example in which the smart phone 1800 includes a plurality of antennas 1816, the smart phone 1800 may also include a single antenna 1816.
  • the smart phone 1800 may include an antenna 1816 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • the antenna switch 1815 may be omitted from the configuration of the smart phone 1800.
  • the bus 1817 connects the processor 1801, the memory 1802, the storage device 1803, the external connection interface 1804, the camera device 1806, the sensor 1807, the microphone 1808, the input device 1809, the display device 1810, the speaker 1811, the wireless communication interface 1812, and the auxiliary controller 1819 to each other. connection.
  • the battery 1818 supplies power to each block of the smart phone 1800 shown in FIG. 18 via a feeder line, and the feeder line is partially shown as a dashed line in the figure.
  • the auxiliary controller 1819 operates the minimum necessary functions of the smartphone 1800 in the sleep mode, for example.
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device 1900 to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied.
  • the car navigation device 1900 includes a processor 1901, a memory 1902, a global positioning system (GPS) module 1904, a sensor 1905, a data interface 1906, a content player 1907, a storage medium interface 1908, an input device 1909, a display device 1910, a speaker 1911, a wireless A communication interface 1913, one or more antenna switches 1916, one or more antennas 1917, and a battery 1918.
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the car navigation device 1900 or the processor 1901 herein may correspond to the terminal device 20.
  • the processor 1901 may be, for example, a CPU or SoC, and controls the navigation function and other functions of the car navigation device 1900.
  • the memory 1902 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 1901.
  • the GPS module 1904 uses GPS signals received from GPS satellites to measure the position of the car navigation device 1900 (such as latitude, longitude, and altitude).
  • the sensor 1905 may include a group of sensors, such as a gyroscope sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and an air pressure sensor.
  • the data interface 1906 is connected to, for example, an in-vehicle network 1921 via a terminal not shown, and acquires data (such as vehicle speed data) generated by the vehicle.
  • the content player 1907 reproduces content stored in a storage medium such as CD and DVD, which is inserted into the storage medium interface 1908.
  • the input device 1909 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 1910, and receives an operation or information input from the user.
  • the display device 1910 includes a screen such as an LCD or OLED display, and displays an image of a navigation function or reproduced content.
  • the speaker 1911 outputs the sound of the navigation function or the reproduced content.
  • the wireless communication interface 1913 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication interface 1913 may generally include, for example, a BB processor 1914 and an RF circuit 1915.
  • the BB processor 1914 may perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communication.
  • the RF circuit 1915 may include, for example, a mixer, a filter, and an amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via an antenna 1917.
  • the wireless communication interface 1913 can also be a chip module on which the BB processor 1914 and the RF circuit 1915 are integrated. As shown in FIG.
  • the wireless communication interface 1913 may include a plurality of BB processors 1914 and a plurality of RF circuits 1915.
  • FIG. 19 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1913 includes a plurality of BB processors 1914 and a plurality of RF circuits 1915, the wireless communication interface 1913 may also include a single BB processor 1914 or a single RF circuit 1915.
  • the wireless communication interface 1913 may support another type of wireless communication scheme, such as a short-range wireless communication scheme, a near field communication scheme, and a wireless LAN scheme.
  • the wireless communication interface 1913 may include a BB processor 1914 and an RF circuit 1915 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • Each of the antenna switches 1916 switches the connection destination of the antenna 1917 among a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 1913, such as circuits for different wireless communication schemes.
  • Each of the antennas 1917 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna), and is used for the wireless communication interface 1913 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • the car navigation device 1900 may include a plurality of antennas 1917.
  • FIG. 19 shows an example in which the car navigation device 1900 includes a plurality of antennas 1917, the car navigation device 1900 may also include a single antenna 1917.
  • the car navigation device 1900 may include an antenna 1917 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • the antenna switch 1916 may be omitted from the configuration of the car navigation device 1900.
  • the battery 1918 supplies power to each block of the car navigation device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 via a feeder line, and the feeder line is partially shown as a dashed line in the figure.
  • the battery 1918 accumulates electric power supplied from the vehicle.
  • the technology of the present disclosure can also be implemented as an in-vehicle system (or vehicle) 1920 including one or more blocks in a car navigation device 1900, an in-vehicle network 1921, and a vehicle module 1922.
  • vehicle module 1922 generates vehicle data (such as vehicle speed, engine speed, and failure information), and outputs the generated data to the vehicle network 1921.
  • the electronic device can perform cell switching for terminal devices on high-speed vehicles based on the packet-based cell switching technology and the predicted-based cell switching technology.
  • users on high-speed vehicles can be accurately identified, and the users on high-speed vehicles can be handed over in groups at the same time, which significantly improves the handover speed, and only one representative user is selected in each group
  • the design of grouped cell switching requests and cell switching responses significantly reduces the resource overhead when a large number of users perform cell switching at the same time, and also reduces the probability and probability of random access conflicts when a large number of users perform cell switching at the same time.
  • Handover delay In addition, cell handover can be triggered in advance based on prediction, thereby effectively reducing the probability of handover failure. Furthermore, the present disclosure also proposes a scheme of reserving only the preamble sequence corresponding to a part of the SSB, thereby further reducing the resource overhead in the cell handover process.
  • machine-readable storage medium or the machine-executable instructions in the program product may be configured to perform operations corresponding to the above-mentioned device and method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the machine-readable storage medium or program product is clear to those skilled in the art, so the description will not be repeated.
  • Machine-readable storage media and program products for carrying or including the above-mentioned machine-executable instructions also fall within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • Such storage media may include, but are not limited to, floppy disks, optical disks, magneto-optical disks, memory cards, memory sticks, and so on.
  • the aforementioned series of processing and devices can also be implemented by software and/or firmware.
  • a corresponding program constituting the corresponding software is stored in the storage medium of the related device, and when the program is executed, various functions can be performed.
  • a plurality of functions included in one unit in the above embodiments may be realized by separate devices.
  • the multiple functions implemented by multiple units in the above embodiments may be implemented by separate devices, respectively.
  • one of the above functions can be implemented by multiple units. Needless to say, such a configuration is included in the technical scope of the present disclosure.
  • the steps described in the flowchart include not only processing performed in time series in the described order, but also processing performed in parallel or individually rather than necessarily in time series.
  • the order can be changed appropriately.
  • An electronic device used on the control side of a wireless communication system comprising a processing circuit configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 2 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein
  • the representative terminal device is reserved for non-competitive random access resources.
  • Exemplary embodiment 3 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein
  • Each terminal device in the terminal device group has the same or similar signal spatial characteristics.
  • Exemplary embodiment 4 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 3, wherein
  • terminal equipment has been grouped in the original cell
  • another electronic device accessed by the terminal equipment in the original cell removes the difference in signal spatial characteristics between the original terminal equipment group and other terminal equipment in the group.
  • a large terminal device is added, and a new terminal device similar to the signal space characteristics of the terminal device in the group is added to obtain the terminal device group.
  • Exemplary embodiment 5 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 3, wherein
  • the terminal device In the case that the terminal device is not grouped in the original cell, another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell obtains the terminal device group by clustering the signal spatial characteristics.
  • Exemplary Embodiment 6 The electronic device of any one of Exemplary Embodiments 3-5, wherein
  • the signal spatial characteristics include one or more of the following: downlink transmission beam, direct beam angle, Doppler frequency shift, path loss, and cell switching history.
  • Exemplary embodiment 7 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 8 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the representative terminal device is selected based on the representative terminal device ID recommended by the another electronic device included in the cell handover request of the terminal device group.
  • Exemplary embodiment 9 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 10 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein
  • the cell handover request of the terminal equipment group includes terminal equipment specific information, and the terminal equipment specific information includes the timing advance TA value of each terminal equipment in the terminal equipment group in the original cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 11 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • a cell switching response of the terminal device group is sent to the other electronic device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 12 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 11, wherein
  • the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group includes terminal equipment-specific information, and the terminal equipment-specific information includes the ID of one or more terminal equipment that is permitted to switch, the ID of the selected representative terminal equipment, and the ID of the representative terminal equipment. Configuration information of reserved non-competitive random access resources.
  • Exemplary embodiment 13 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 11, wherein
  • the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal equipment in the target cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 14 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 11, wherein
  • the other electronic device In response to the cell handover reply of the terminal device group, the other electronic device sends a handover command to the terminal device group;
  • all terminal devices in the terminal device group cut off the connection with the original cell, and perform downlink synchronization to the target cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 15 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 14, wherein
  • the handover command includes a random access indicator indicating whether the terminal device is a representative terminal device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 16 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 14, wherein
  • the handover command includes configuration information of non-competitive random access resources reserved by the electronic device for the representative terminal device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 17 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 2, wherein
  • the representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell;
  • the electronic device sends a random access response RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • Exemplary embodiment 18 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 2, wherein
  • the representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resource to send a preamble sequence to the electronic device, thereby accessing the electronic device in the target cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 19 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 18, wherein
  • the time from receiving the handover command to sending the preamble sequence of the representative terminal device is greater than or equal to the predetermined group waiting window time.
  • Exemplary embodiment 20 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 18, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • a TA value representing the timing advance of the terminal equipment in the target cell is obtained.
  • Exemplary embodiment 21 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 20, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the target cell is obtained by adding the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the original cell and the change amount of the TA value of the representative terminal device in the terminal device group.
  • Exemplary embodiment 22 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 18, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the optimal downlink transmission beam representing the terminal equipment in the target cell is obtained.
  • Exemplary embodiment 23 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 17, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the RAR to be sent to the non-representative terminal device is scrambled by using the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of the target cell of the non-representative terminal device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 24 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 17, wherein
  • the non-representative terminal device After completing the downlink synchronization, the non-representative terminal device continuously detects the RAR.
  • Exemplary embodiment 25 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 17, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 26 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group is triggered by measurement reports of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • Exemplary embodiment 27 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group is triggered.
  • Exemplary embodiment 28 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 27, wherein
  • the predicted RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell is calculated by using the currently measured RSRP, the slope of the RSRP change, and the lead time.
  • Exemplary embodiment 29 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 28, wherein
  • the RSRP change slope is estimated by fitting the measured RSRP historical value.
  • Exemplary embodiment 30 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 28, wherein
  • the advance time is the difference between the predicted time and the current time.
  • Exemplary embodiment 31 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 28, wherein
  • the lead time is configured based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 32 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein
  • Only the representative terminal device reserves the preamble sequence resources corresponding to a part of the downlink transmission beams in the downlink transmission beams of the electronic device used to transmit the synchronization signal block SSB.
  • a terminal device used in a terminal side of a wireless communication system including a processing circuit configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 34 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the terminal device moves along a specific trajectory and the moving speed is greater than a specific threshold, and the measurement report satisfies the cell handover condition, trigger the electronic device to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group.
  • Exemplary embodiment 35 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 36 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein
  • the terminal equipment is grouped by the electronic equipment according to its signal spatial characteristics and cell handover history.
  • Exemplary embodiment 37 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 36, wherein
  • the signal spatial characteristics are estimated by the electronic device based on the uplink reference signal sent by the terminal device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 38 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 36, wherein
  • the cell handover history is obtained by inquiring from the mobility management unit by the electronic device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 39 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 36, wherein
  • Terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics are grouped together.
  • Exemplary embodiment 40 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein
  • the terminal device group includes one representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
  • Exemplary embodiment 41 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 42 The terminal device according to exemplary embodiment 41, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the terminal device cuts off the connection with the original cell and performs downlink synchronization on the target cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 43 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the terminal device is a representative terminal device, use the reserved non-competitive random access resources to randomly access another electronic device in the target cell;
  • Exemplary embodiment 44 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 43, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the reserved non-competitive random access resource is used to send a preamble sequence to the other electronic device in the target cell, so as to access the other electronic device in the target cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 45 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 43, wherein
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is a non-representative terminal device, the terminal device continuously detects the random access response RAR after completing the downlink synchronization.
  • Exemplary embodiment 46 The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 43, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR is used to send the handover completion signaling to another electronic device to be accessed by the terminal device in the target cell.
  • An electronic device used on the control side of a wireless communication system comprising a processing circuit configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 48 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the terminal devices it serves are grouped into one or more terminal device groups, where each terminal device group includes a representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
  • Exemplary embodiment 49 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 48, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the terminal equipment is grouped.
  • Exemplary embodiment 50 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • Exemplary embodiment 51 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal equipment are estimated.
  • Exemplary embodiment 52 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 48, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the terminal devices When the terminal devices are not grouped originally, by clustering the signal spatial characteristics, the terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics are grouped into a group;
  • the terminal equipment in the original terminal equipment group that is significantly different from the other terminal equipment in the group is removed, and a new terminal equipment that is similar to the signal space characteristic of the terminal equipment in the group is added. , Get a new terminal equipment group.
  • Exemplary embodiment 53 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • a cell handover request of the terminal device group is sent to the other electronic device serving the target cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 54 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein
  • the cell handover request of the terminal device group includes a representative terminal device ID recommended by the electronic device to the other electronic device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 55 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the representative terminal device is selected according to the characteristics of the terminal device, and the selected representative terminal device ID is sent to the other electronic device.
  • Exemplary embodiment 56 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • a handover command is sent to the terminal equipment group.
  • Exemplary embodiment 57 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 56, wherein
  • the handover command includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal device in the target cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 58 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • a cell handover request of the terminal device group is sent to another electronic device serving the target cell.
  • Exemplary embodiment 59 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 58, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the predicted RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell is calculated.
  • Exemplary embodiment 60 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 59, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the measured RSRP historical value is used to fit and estimate the slope of the RSRP change.
  • Exemplary embodiment 61 The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 59, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
  • a packet-based cell handover method used in an electronic device on the control side of a wireless communication system including:
  • a packet-based cell handover method used in a terminal device on the terminal side of a wireless communication system including:
  • a packet-based cell handover method used in an electronic device on the control side of a wireless communication system including:
  • Exemplary embodiment 65 A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored thereon, which, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
  • a representative terminal device is selected from a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group to switch from the original cell to the target cell on a group basis.
  • Exemplary embodiment 66 A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored thereon, which, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
  • Exemplary embodiment 67 A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored thereon, which, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
  • Exemplary embodiment 68 A device including a processor and a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by the processor, enables the device to perform the method described in the present disclosure .
  • Exemplary embodiment 69 An apparatus including components for performing the methods described in this disclosure.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a device and method for a wireless communication system, and a storage medium. In the embodiments of the present disclosure, a representative terminal device is selected from a plurality of terminal devices in a terminal device group, such that the terminal device group can be switched to a target cell from an original cell in the unit of group with the representative terminal device being a representative of the terminal device group.

Description

用于无线通信系统的设备、方法和存储介质Device, method and storage medium for wireless communication system 技术领域Technical field
本发明一般地涉及无线通信系统,并且特别地涉及无线通信系统中的小区切换技术。The present invention generally relates to wireless communication systems, and particularly relates to cell handover technology in wireless communication systems.
背景技术Background technique
随着科技的发展和技术的进步,人们对于出行的需求日益增加。交通工具上的越来越多的乘客及其设备带来了大量的通信服务需求,因此研究交通工具、尤其是高速交通工具上的无线通信系统变得十分重要。With the development of science and technology and the advancement of technology, people's demand for travel is increasing day by day. More and more passengers and their equipment on transportation have brought a lot of demand for communication services. Therefore, it is very important to study the wireless communication system on transportation, especially high-speed transportation.
由于高速交通工具移动速度较快,高速交通工具上的用户面临频繁的小区间切换。此外,高速交通工具内乘客数量较多,经常有大量用户需要在短时间内完成切换。因此,对于高速交通工具上的无线通信,频繁的小区切换和大量用户同时切换对于现有无线通信系统带来了不容忽视的技术挑战。因此,研究快速的小区切换和大量用户同时切换的技术对于高速交通工具上的无线通信系统具有十分重要的意义。Because high-speed vehicles move faster, users on high-speed vehicles face frequent handoffs between cells. In addition, there are a large number of passengers in high-speed transportation, and there are often a large number of users who need to complete the handover in a short time. Therefore, for wireless communication on high-speed vehicles, frequent cell switching and simultaneous switching of a large number of users have brought technical challenges that cannot be ignored to the existing wireless communication system. Therefore, research on the technology of fast cell handover and simultaneous handover of a large number of users is of great significance for wireless communication systems on high-speed vehicles.
发明内容Summary of the invention
针对上述情况,本公开提出了一种基于分组的小区切换的技术。此外,本公开还提出了一种基于预测的小区切换的技术。In view of the above situation, the present disclosure proposes a packet-based cell handover technology. In addition, the present disclosure also proposes a technique for cell handover based on prediction.
本公开提供了用于无线通信系统的设备、方法和存储介质。The present disclosure provides devices, methods, and storage media for wireless communication systems.
本公开的一个方面涉及一种用于无线通信系统的控制设备侧的电子设备。根据一个实施例,该电子设备包括处理电路,该处理电路被配置为:在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到电子设备服务于的目标小区。An aspect of the present disclosure relates to an electronic device used on the control device side of a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment, the electronic device includes a processing circuit configured to select a representative terminal device from a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a terminal device The representative of the group switches from the original cell to the target cell served by the electronic device in a group unit.
本公开的另一个方面涉及一种用于无线通信系统的终端侧的终端设备。根据一个实施例,该终端设备包括处理电路,该处理电路被配置为:触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括该终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to a terminal device used on the terminal side of a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment, the terminal device includes a processing circuit configured to trigger an electronic device on the control side of a wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send a cell handover request for a terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the corresponding The cell handover response of the terminal equipment group of the terminal equipment group makes the terminal equipment group use one of the terminal equipment as the representative terminal equipment to switch from the original cell served by the electronic equipment to the target cell in a group unit.
本公开的另一个方面涉及一种用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备。根据一个 实施例,该电子设备包括处理电路,该处理电路被配置为:向目标小区中的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并从该另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to an electronic device for the control side of a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment, the electronic device includes a processing circuit configured to: send a cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover of the terminal device group from the other electronic device In reply, the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device to switch from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
本公开的另一个方面涉及一种在用于无线通信系统的控制设备侧的电子设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法。根据一个实施例,该方法包括:在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到电子设备服务于的目标小区。Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to a packet-based cell handover method used in an electronic device on the control device side of a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment, the method includes: selecting a representative terminal device from a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group, and re-establish it on a group basis. The cell is switched to the target cell served by the electronic device.
本公开的另一个方面涉及一种在用于无线通信系统的终端侧的终端设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法。根据一个实施例,该方法包括:触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括该终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to a packet-based cell handover method used in a terminal device on the terminal side of a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment, the method includes: triggering an electronic device on the control side of a wireless communication system serving a terminal device to send a cell handover request for a terminal device group including the terminal device and receive a cell handover response for a corresponding terminal device group, so that The terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as a representative terminal device, and switches from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
本公开的另一个方面涉及一种在用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法。根据一个实施例,该方法包括:向目标小区中的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并从该另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to a packet-based cell handover method used in an electronic device used on the control side of a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment, the method includes: sending a cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receiving the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the other electronic device, so that the terminal device group is The terminal device, as a representative terminal device, switches from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
本公开的另一个方面涉及一种存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述处理器能够执行本公开中所描述的方法。Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a processor, enable the processor to perform the method described in the present disclosure.
本公开的另一个方面涉及一种包含处理器以及存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质的设备,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述设备能够执行本公开中所描述的方法。Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to a device including a processor and a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing instructions. When the instructions are executed by the processor, the device can execute the device described in the present disclosure. method.
本公开的另一个方面涉及一种包含有用于执行本公开中所描述的方法的部件的装置。Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to an apparatus including components for performing the method described in the present disclosure.
由此,本公开能够对高速交通工具上的用户以组的形式同时进行小区切换,从而能够提高切换速度,显著降低资源开销,降低大量用户同时进行小区切换时随机接入冲突的概率,进而降低切换时延。而且,本公开还能够通过预测目标小区接收信号质量来提前触发小区切换,从而有效降低切换失败概率。As a result, the present disclosure can simultaneously perform cell switching for users on high-speed vehicles in the form of a group, thereby improving the switching speed, significantly reducing resource overhead, and reducing the probability of random access conflicts when a large number of users perform cell switching at the same time, thereby reducing Handover delay. Moreover, the present disclosure can also trigger cell handover in advance by predicting the received signal quality of the target cell, thereby effectively reducing the probability of handover failure.
提供上述概述是为了总结一些示例性的实施例,以提供对本文所描述的主题的各 方面的基本理解。因此,上述特征仅仅是例子并且不应该被解释为以任何方式缩小本文所描述的主题的范围或精神。本文所描述的主题的其他特征、方面和优点将从以下结合附图描述的具体实施方式而变得明晰。The above summary is provided to summarize some exemplary embodiments to provide a basic understanding of various aspects of the subject matter described herein. Therefore, the above-mentioned features are merely examples and should not be construed as narrowing the scope or spirit of the subject matter described herein in any way. Other features, aspects, and advantages of the subject matter described herein will become apparent from the following specific embodiments described in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
附图说明Description of the drawings
当结合附图考虑实施例的以下具体描述时,可以获得对本公开内容更好的理解。在各附图中使用了相同或相似的附图标记来表示相同或者相似的部件。各附图连同下面的具体描述一起包含在本说明书中并形成说明书的一部分,用来例示说明本公开的实施例和解释本公开的原理和优点。其中:A better understanding of the present disclosure can be obtained when the following detailed description of the embodiments is considered in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The same or similar reference numerals are used in the various drawings to denote the same or similar components. The drawings together with the following detailed description are included in the specification and form a part of the specification, and are used to exemplify the embodiments of the present disclosure and explain the principles and advantages of the present disclosure. among them:
图1是示意性地示出了传统的小区切换流程的流程图;Figure 1 is a flowchart schematically showing a traditional cell handover procedure;
图2A是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的高速交通工具所运行于的场景的示图;FIG. 2A is a diagram schematically showing a scene in which a high-speed vehicle according to an embodiment of the present disclosure is operated;
图2B是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的小区切换历史的示图;FIG. 2B is a diagram schematically showing a cell handover history according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的电子设备的示例结构的框图;FIG. 3 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的电子设备的操作的流程图;FIG. 4 schematically shows a flowchart of the operation of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的对终端设备进行分组的流程图;Fig. 5 is a flowchart schematically showing a grouping of terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的终端设备组的小区切换请求和小区切换答复的数据格式的示图;FIG. 6 is a diagram schematically showing the data format of a cell handover request and a cell handover reply of a terminal device group according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的分组用户的随机接入过程的示图;FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing a random access process of grouped users according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8A是示意性地示出了终端设备的原小区和目标小区的参考信号接收功率RSRP随时间变化的示图;FIG. 8A is a diagram schematically showing the time change of the reference signal received power RSRP of the original cell and the target cell of the terminal device; FIG.
图8B是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的基于预测的小区切换的示图;FIG. 8B is a diagram schematically showing a cell handover based on prediction according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的基于分组的小区切换方案的示例性信令流程图;FIG. 9 is an exemplary signaling flowchart schematically showing a packet-based cell handover scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的利用切换区域对应的下行发送波束子集进行小区切换的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram schematically showing a cell handover using a subset of downlink transmission beams corresponding to a handover area according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的终端设备的示例结构的框图;FIG. 11 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的终端设备的操作的流程图;FIG. 12 is a flowchart schematically showing the operation of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的另一电子设备的示例结构的框图;FIG. 13 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of another electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的另一电子设备的操作的流程图;FIG. 14 is a flowchart schematically showing the operation of another electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图15是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的中可采用的信息处理设备的个人计算机的示例结构的框图;15 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of a personal computer of an information processing device that can be employed in an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16是示出可以应用本公开的技术的eNB的示意性配置的第一示例的框图;FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a first example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied;
图17是示出可以应用本公开的技术的eNB的示意性配置的第二示例的框图;FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing a second example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied;
图18是示出可以应用本公开的技术的智能电话的示意性配置的示例的框图;以及FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a smart phone to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied; and
图19是示出可以应用本公开的技术的汽车导航设备的示意性配置的示例的框图。FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied.
虽然在本公开内容中所描述的实施例可能易于有各种修改和另选形式,但是其具体实施例在附图中作为例子示出并且在本文中被详细描述。但是,应当理解,附图以及对其的详细描述不是要将实施例限定到所公开的特定形式,而是相反,目的是要涵盖属于权利要求的精神和范围内的所有修改、等同和另选方案。Although the embodiments described in the present disclosure may be susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, specific embodiments thereof are shown as examples in the drawings and described in detail herein. However, it should be understood that the drawings and detailed description are not intended to limit the embodiments to the specific forms disclosed, but on the contrary, the purpose is to cover all modifications, equivalents and alternatives falling within the spirit and scope of the claims. Program.
具体实施方式detailed description
以下描述根据本公开的设备和方法等各方面的代表性应用。这些例子的描述仅是为了增加上下文并帮助理解所描述的实施例。因此,对本领域技术人员而言明晰的是,以下所描述的实施例可以在没有具体细节当中的一些或全部的情况下被实施。在其他情况下,众所周知的过程步骤没有详细描述,以避免不必要地模糊所描述的实施例。其他应用也是可能的,本公开的方案并不限制于这些示例。The following describes representative applications of various aspects such as the device and method according to the present disclosure. The description of these examples is only for adding context and helping to understand the described embodiments. Therefore, it is clear to those skilled in the art that the embodiments described below can be implemented without some or all of the specific details. In other cases, well-known process steps are not described in detail to avoid unnecessarily obscuring the described embodiments. Other applications are also possible, and the solution of the present disclosure is not limited to these examples.
在下文中,将参照附图详细描述本公开的一个或多个优选实施例。在本说明书和附图中,用相同的附图标记表示具有基本相同的功能和结构的结构元件,并且省略对这些结构元件的重复说明。Hereinafter, one or more preferred embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. In this specification and the drawings, the same reference numerals are used to denote structural elements having substantially the same function and structure, and repeated descriptions of these structural elements are omitted.
而且,在本说明书和附图中,在某些情况下可以通过附加到相同符号的不同字母来区分具有基本相同的功能和结构的元件。另一方面,当没有特别区分具有基本相同的功能和结构的多个元件中的每一个时,将仅给出相同的符号。Moreover, in this specification and the drawings, elements having substantially the same function and structure may be distinguished by different letters appended to the same symbol in some cases. On the other hand, when each of a plurality of elements having substantially the same function and structure is not particularly distinguished, only the same symbol will be given.
典型地,无线通信系统至少包括控制侧和终端侧,控制侧的设备可以为终端侧的一个或多个设备提供通信服务。Typically, a wireless communication system includes at least a control side and a terminal side, and a device on the control side can provide communication services for one or more devices on the terminal side.
在本公开中,无线通信系统的“控制侧”具有其通常含义的全部广度,通常指示通信系统中发射信号流以进行控制的一侧,例如可以是通信系统中控制小区切换的一侧。类似地,术语“终端侧”具有其通常含义的全部广度,相应地可以指示通信系统中接收 信号流以根据控制而进行操作的一侧,例如可以是通信系统中的被控制进行小区切换的一侧。作为示例,依赖于通信系统中信号流的方向,“控制侧”和“终端侧”可包含通信系统中的不同设备。例如对于上行信号传输,“控制侧”的设备可以包括通信系统中的“基站”,而“终端侧”的设备可以相应地包括通信系统中的“终端设备”。反之,对于下行信号传输,“控制侧”的设备可以包括通信系统中的“终端设备”,而“终端侧”的设备可以相应地包括通信系统中的“基站”。In this disclosure, the "control side" of the wireless communication system has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and generally indicates the side in the communication system that transmits signal flow for control, for example, it may be the side in the communication system that controls cell switching. Similarly, the term "terminal side" has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and accordingly can indicate the side in the communication system that receives the signal flow to operate according to control, for example, it can be a part of the communication system that is controlled to perform cell handover. side. As an example, depending on the direction of signal flow in the communication system, "control side" and "terminal side" may include different devices in the communication system. For example, for uplink signal transmission, the equipment on the "control side" may include the "base station" in the communication system, and the equipment on the "terminal side" may correspondingly include the "terminal equipment" in the communication system. Conversely, for downlink signal transmission, the equipment on the "control side" may include the "terminal equipment" in the communication system, and the equipment on the "terminal side" may correspondingly include the "base station" in the communication system.
在本公开中,术语“基站”具有其通常含义的全部广度,并且至少包括作为无线通信系统或无线电系统的一部分以便于通信的无线通信站。作为例子,基站例如可以是遵循4G通信标准的eNB、遵循5G通信标准的gNB、远程无线电头端、无线接入点、无人机控制塔台或者执行类似功能的通信装置。In this disclosure, the term "base station" has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and includes at least a wireless communication station that is a wireless communication system or a part of a radio system to facilitate communication. As an example, the base station may be an eNB that conforms to the 4G communication standard, a gNB that conforms to the 5G communication standard, a remote radio head, a wireless access point, a drone control tower, or a communication device that performs similar functions.
在本公开中,“控制侧的电子设备”具有其通常含义的全部广度,例如可以包括作为无线通信系统或无线电系统的一部分以便于进行小区切换的设备。在本公开中,“控制侧的电子设备”和“基站”可以互换地使用,或者“控制侧的电子设备”可以实现为“基站”的一部分。In the present disclosure, "electronic equipment on the control side" has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and may include, for example, equipment that is a part of a wireless communication system or a radio system to facilitate cell switching. In the present disclosure, “electronic equipment on the control side” and “base station” may be used interchangeably, or “electronic equipment on the control side” may be implemented as a part of the “base station”.
在本公开中,“移动管理单元”是在无线通信系统的控制侧的设备,术语“移动管理单元”具有其通常含义的全部广度,例如可以包括作为无线通信系统或无线电系统的一部分以便于进行信令处理和移动性管理的设备。In this disclosure, "mobile management unit" is a device on the control side of a wireless communication system, and the term "mobile management unit" has the full breadth of its usual meaning, for example, it can include being a part of a wireless communication system or a radio system to facilitate Signaling processing and mobility management equipment.
在本公开中,术语“终端设备”或“用户设备(UE)”具有其通常含义的全部广度,并且至少包括作为无线通信系统或无线电系统的一部分以便于通信的终端设备。作为例子,终端设备例如可以是移动电话、膝上型电脑、平板电脑、车载通信设备等之类的终端设备或其元件。在本公开中,“终端设备”和“用户设备”(以下可被简称为“用户”)可以互换地使用,或者“终端设备”可以实现为“用户设备”的一部分。In this disclosure, the term "terminal equipment" or "user equipment (UE)" has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and includes at least terminal equipment that is a part of a wireless communication system or a radio system to facilitate communication. As an example, the terminal device may be a terminal device such as a mobile phone, a laptop computer, a tablet computer, an in-vehicle communication device, etc., or an element thereof. In the present disclosure, "terminal device" and "user equipment" (hereinafter may be simply referred to as "user") can be used interchangeably, or "terminal device" can be implemented as a part of "user equipment".
应指出,以下虽然主要基于包含基站和用户设备的通信系统对本公开的实施例进行了描述,但是这些描述可以相应地扩展到包含任何其它类型的控制设备侧和终端设备侧的通信系统的情况。例如,对于下行链路的情况,控制设备侧的操作可对应于基站的操作,而终端侧的操作可相应地对应于终端设备的操作。It should be noted that although the following descriptions of the embodiments of the present disclosure are mainly based on a communication system including a base station and a user equipment, these descriptions can be extended accordingly to include any other types of communication systems on the control device side and the terminal device side. For example, in the case of the downlink, the operation on the control device side may correspond to the operation of the base station, and the operation on the terminal side may correspond to the operation of the terminal device accordingly.
另外,描述将按以下顺序进行。In addition, the description will be made in the following order.
1.小区切换概述1. Overview of cell handover
2.无线通信系统的示例2. Examples of wireless communication systems
3.设备的结构配置和操作3. The structural configuration and operation of the equipment
3.1.目标小区的电子设备的结构配置和操作3.1. Structural configuration and operation of electronic equipment in the target cell
3.2.终端设备的结构配置和操作3.2. Structure configuration and operation of terminal equipment
3.3.原小区的电子设备的结构配置和操作3.3. The structural configuration and operation of the electronic equipment in the original cell
4.应用示例4. Application example
5.结论5 Conclusion
<<1.小区切换概述>><<1. Overview of cell handover>>
随着人们出行需求的增加和技术的进步,高速交通工具,例如高速列车、地铁等正在日益增多。高速交通工具上的越来越多的乘客及其设备带来了大量的通信服务需求,也带来了诸多问题和挑战。With the increase in people's travel demand and technological advancement, high-speed transportation, such as high-speed trains and subways, are increasing. More and more passengers and their equipment on high-speed vehicles have brought a lot of demand for communication services, but also brought many problems and challenges.
由于高速交通工具移动速度较快,其上的用户面临频繁的小区切换。在现有技术中,用户往往是以自身为单位进行小区切换。以下将参考图1介绍传统的小区切换流程的示例。As high-speed vehicles move faster, users on them face frequent cell handovers. In the prior art, users often perform cell handover in their own unit. The following will introduce an example of a traditional cell handover procedure with reference to FIG. 1.
图1是示意性地示出了传统的小区切换流程的流程图。如图1所示,无线通信系统包括目标小区中的电子设备10、终端设备20以及原小区中的电子设备30。Fig. 1 is a flowchart schematically showing a conventional cell handover procedure. As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless communication system includes an electronic device 10 in a target cell, a terminal device 20, and an electronic device 30 in the original cell.
在传统的小区切换过程中,在步骤S101中,原小区中服务于用户的电子设备30对用户的终端设备20进行测量控制(例如,参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)测量控制)。接下来,在步骤S102中,终端设备20基于电子设备30的控制进行测量,并将测量结果上报给电子设备30。接下来,当测量结果满足小区切换条件时,在步骤S103中,电子设备30向要切换到的目标小区中的将服务于终端设备20的电子设备10发送小区切换请求。接下来,在步骤S104中,电子设备10控制是否许可小区切换。然后,在许可进行小区切换的情况下,在步骤S105中,电子设备10向电子设备30发送小区切换答复。然后,在步骤S106中,电子设备30在接收到小区切换答复后向终端设备20发送切换命令。In the traditional cell handover process, in step S101, the electronic device 30 serving the user in the original cell performs measurement control on the user's terminal device 20 (for example, Reference Signal Receiving Power (RSRP) measurement control) . Next, in step S102, the terminal device 20 performs measurement based on the control of the electronic device 30, and reports the measurement result to the electronic device 30. Next, when the measurement result meets the cell switching condition, in step S103, the electronic device 30 sends a cell switching request to the electronic device 10 that will serve the terminal device 20 in the target cell to be switched to. Next, in step S104, the electronic device 10 controls whether to permit cell switching. Then, in a case where the cell handover is permitted, the electronic device 10 sends a cell handover reply to the electronic device 30 in step S105. Then, in step S106, the electronic device 30 sends a handover command to the terminal device 20 after receiving the cell handover response.
随后,在步骤S107中,终端设备20会切断与原小区中的电子设备30的连接,然后与目标小区进行下行同步,并且在步骤S108中,利用非竞争的随机接入资源向目标小区进行随机接入。具体而言,在下行同步中,终端设备20检测同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block,SSB),获得最优的下行发送波束。然后,根据下行发送波束与上行随机接入资源的对应关系,终端设备20在对应的上行随机接入资源上进行随机接入,目标小区中的电子设备10检测最优的上行接收波束,并利用下行 发送波束与上行随机接入资源的对应关系获得最优的下行发送波束。Subsequently, in step S107, the terminal device 20 will cut off the connection with the electronic device 30 in the original cell, and then perform downlink synchronization with the target cell, and in step S108, use non-competitive random access resources to perform random access to the target cell. Access. Specifically, in downlink synchronization, the terminal device 20 detects a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) to obtain an optimal downlink transmission beam. Then, according to the correspondence between the downlink transmission beam and the uplink random access resource, the terminal device 20 performs random access on the corresponding uplink random access resource, and the electronic device 10 in the target cell detects the optimal uplink reception beam and uses The corresponding relationship between the downlink transmission beam and the uplink random access resource obtains the optimal downlink transmission beam.
用户的小区切换通常采用非竞争的随机接入,其中非竞争的随机接入资源的配置信息由目标小区的电子设备10通过小区切换答复发送给原小区的电子设备30,进而通过切换命令发送给终端设备20。The user’s cell handover usually uses non-competitive random access, in which the configuration information of the non-competitive random access resource is sent by the electronic device 10 of the target cell to the electronic device 30 of the original cell through a cell handover reply, and then sent to the electronic device 30 through a handover command Terminal equipment 20.
接下来,在随机接入成功后,在步骤S109中,电子设备10向终端设备20发送随机接入响应(Random Access Response,RAR)。最后,在步骤S110中,成功检测到RAR的终端设备20向目标小区中服务于终端设备20的电子设备10发送切换完成信令,自此完成终端设备20的一次小区切换。Next, after the random access is successful, in step S109, the electronic device 10 sends a random access response (Random Access Response, RAR) to the terminal device 20. Finally, in step S110, the terminal device 20 that has successfully detected the RAR sends a handover completion signaling to the electronic device 10 serving the terminal device 20 in the target cell, and since then a cell handover of the terminal device 20 is completed.
然而,在高速交通工具的情况下传统的小区切换会存在很大的问题。作为示例,假定高速交通工具以大约350km/h的移动速度运行,小区半径为500m,则该高速交通工具在每个小区内的驻留时间平均仅为5s~10s,因此需要进行频繁的小区切换。此外,高速交通工具内乘客数量较多,因此会有大量用户需要在短时间内完成切换。仍以350km/h的移动速度为例,假定高速交通工具上每25m可以容纳85人,则1s内最多有超过300个用户需要进行小区切换。However, in the case of high-speed vehicles, the traditional cell handover will have a big problem. As an example, suppose that a high-speed vehicle runs at a moving speed of about 350km/h and a cell radius is 500m. The average residence time of the high-speed vehicle in each cell is only 5s to 10s, so frequent cell switching is required . In addition, there are a large number of passengers in high-speed transportation, so there will be a large number of users who need to complete the handover in a short time. Still taking the 350km/h moving speed as an example, assuming that 85 people can be accommodated every 25m on a high-speed vehicle, there are at most more than 300 users who need to switch between cells within 1s.
这样的高速交通工具上的用户小区切换会带来以下问题:The user cell handover on such high-speed vehicles will bring the following problems:
第一,大量用户同时进行小区切换会导致切换准备时间增加,从而有可能导致切换失败。特别地,切换准备时间可对应于上述的步骤S103的发送小区切换请求到步骤S105的发送小区切换答复的时间。在大量用户同时切换的情况下,控制侧电子设备要针对多个用户逐一进行处理以进行切换准备,这样必然导致准备时间增加,在准备时间过长的情况下甚至可能导致某些用户无法进行切换。First, a large number of users performing cell handover at the same time will increase the handover preparation time, which may lead to handover failure. In particular, the handover preparation time may correspond to the time from the sending of the cell handover request in step S103 to the sending of the cell handover response in step S105. In the case of a large number of users switching at the same time, the control-side electronic device must process multiple users one by one to prepare for switching, which will inevitably lead to an increase in preparation time. If the preparation time is too long, some users may even be unable to switch. .
第二,大量用户同时进行小区切换会导致在接入目标小区时,要分配给用户的非竞争的随机接入信道资源不足,导致部分用户需要进行竞争的随机接入,进而会引起随机接入冲突和小区切换的延时增加;Second, a large number of users performing cell switching at the same time will cause insufficient non-competitive random access channel resources to be allocated to users when accessing the target cell, which will cause some users to perform competitive random access, which will cause random access. Increased delay of collision and cell handover;
第三,现有NR/LTE系统中的切换请求和切换答复均是单独为每个进行小区切换的用户生成的,当大量用户同时进行小区切换时,会造成基站间Xn/X2接口上的信令开销增大;Third, the handover request and handover response in the existing NR/LTE system are generated separately for each user performing cell handover. When a large number of users perform cell handover at the same time, it will cause information on the Xn/X2 interface between base stations. Increase the cost;
第四,小区切换由测量上报(例如,RSRP测量上报)触发,而测量上报和在测量控制下进行的测量事件间存在一定的时间间隔(即,触发时间(Time-to-trigger,TTT)),由于高速交通工具移动速度较快,触发时间的存在可能会导致用户无法接收到切换命令,进而导致小区切换失败。特别地,触发测量事件,经过触发时间以及 原小区和目标小区的切换准备时间后,原小区向用户发送切换命令,由于高速交通工具上的用户移动速度快,此时用户的原小区RSRP可能已降低到导致用户无法正确接收切换命令的程度,进而导致切换失败。Fourth, cell handover is triggered by a measurement report (for example, RSRP measurement report), and there is a certain time interval (ie, time-to-trigger (TTT)) between the measurement report and the measurement event performed under measurement control. , Due to the fast moving speed of high-speed vehicles, the existence of the trigger time may cause the user to fail to receive the handover command, which will lead to the failure of the cell handover. In particular, the measurement event is triggered. After the trigger time and the handover preparation time between the original cell and the target cell, the original cell sends a handover command to the user. Because the user on the high-speed vehicle moves fast, the RSRP of the user’s original cell may have been Reduce to the extent that the user cannot receive the handover command correctly, which in turn leads to the handover failure.
鉴于以上考虑,本公开提出了一种基于分组的小区切换的技术。特别地,在本公开的技术中,对高速交通工具上的用户以组为单位同时进行小区切换,每个分组内选择一个代表用户进行随机接入,从而提高切换速度,显著降低了资源开销,并且降低了大量用户同时进行小区切换时发生随机接入冲突的概率,进而降低切换时延。In view of the above considerations, the present disclosure proposes a technology for packet-based cell handover. In particular, in the technology of the present disclosure, users on high-speed vehicles are simultaneously switched on a group basis, and a representative user in each group is selected for random access, thereby increasing the switching speed and significantly reducing resource overhead. And it reduces the probability of random access conflicts when a large number of users perform cell handover at the same time, thereby reducing handover delay.
进一步地,本公开还提出了一种基于预测的小区切换的技术。特别地,在本公开的技术中,还能够基于预测提前触发小区切换,从而有效降低切换失败概率。Further, the present disclosure also proposes a technology for cell handover based on prediction. In particular, in the technology of the present disclosure, cell handover can also be triggered in advance based on prediction, thereby effectively reducing the probability of handover failure.
以下将针对高速列车的应用场景来示例性地说明本公开的技术实现。但是应指出,本公开的技术实现并不局限于此,其还可以同样应用于承载了多个终端设备、其中该多个终端设备需要频繁和/或同时进行切换的其它类型的交通工具,例如地铁、车队等的场景和车联网场景,等等。在下文中,电子设备10、终端设备20、电子设备30既可以根据4G的LTE中的无线电接入技术来操作,也可以根据5G的新无线电接入(NR)技术来操作。The technical implementation of the present disclosure will be exemplarily described below for application scenarios of high-speed trains. However, it should be pointed out that the technical implementation of the present disclosure is not limited to this, and it can also be applied to other types of vehicles that carry multiple terminal devices, where the multiple terminal devices need to be switched frequently and/or simultaneously, such as Scenes of subways, fleets, etc. and Internet of Vehicles scenes, etc. Hereinafter, the electronic device 10, the terminal device 20, and the electronic device 30 may operate according to the radio access technology in LTE of 4G, and may also operate according to the new radio access (NR) technology of 5G.
<<2.无线通信系统的示例>><<2. Example of wireless communication system>>
下面将参考图2A和图2B说明根据本公开的实施例的高速交通工具所运行于的场景以及识别用户是位于高速交通工具上的用户的方法。Hereinafter, a scene in which a high-speed vehicle operates and a method of identifying a user as a user on a high-speed vehicle according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 2A and 2B.
值得指出,本公开所提出的方案适用于移动速度较快、轨迹固定且大量用户位置相近的高速交通工具上的用户。如图2A中所示,高速交通工具例如可以沿特定轨道行进,在轨道沿线布置有多个小区基站C1-C7。在高速交通工具沿特定轨道行进期间,高速交通工具所承载的用户的终端设备会不断地从一个基站切换连接到另一个基站。It is worth pointing out that the solution proposed in the present disclosure is suitable for users on high-speed vehicles with fast moving speeds, fixed trajectories, and a large number of users in similar locations. As shown in FIG. 2A, a high-speed vehicle may travel along a specific track, for example, and a plurality of cell base stations C1-C7 are arranged along the track. During the travel of the high-speed vehicle along a specific track, the terminal equipment of the user carried by the high-speed vehicle will continuously switch from one base station to another base station.
根据本公开,可以采用多种方式来识别用户是否是位于高速交通工具上的用户。根据一个实施例,可以基于用户相关的轨迹来识别用户。作为一个示例,当用户的移动轨迹和高速交通工具的轨道匹配,判定该用户为高速交通工具上(例如,高速列车、高铁)上的用户。根据另一个实施例,可以基于用户的速度来识别用户。作为示例,当用户的移动速度大于某一阈值时,判定该用户为正在运行中的高速交通工具上的用户。根据再一个实施例,可以基于用户的轨迹和速度两者判定是否为高速交通工具上的用户。作为示例,当用户的移动轨迹和高速交通工具的轨道匹配并且用户速度足够 高时,判定该用户为高速交通工具上的用户。According to the present disclosure, a variety of ways can be used to identify whether the user is a user on a high-speed vehicle. According to one embodiment, users can be identified based on user-related trajectories. As an example, when the user's movement trajectory matches the track of a high-speed vehicle, it is determined that the user is a user on a high-speed vehicle (for example, a high-speed train, a high-speed rail). According to another embodiment, the user may be identified based on the user's speed. As an example, when the user's moving speed is greater than a certain threshold, it is determined that the user is a user on a running high-speed vehicle. According to still another embodiment, it may be determined whether the user is a user on a high-speed vehicle based on both the trajectory and speed of the user. As an example, when the user's movement trajectory matches the trajectory of a high-speed vehicle and the user's speed is high enough, it is determined that the user is a user on a high-speed vehicle.
根据实施例,可以存储用户的小区切换历史记录,以用于识别高速交通工具上的用户。通常,用户移动性可以由网络侧的移动管理单元(Mobility Management Entity,MME)进行管理。具体而言,如图2B所示,令MME记录用户的小区切换历史,包括接入的每个小区的小区ID(例如,C1-C N)、接入各个小区的时间(也可以称为进入时间,例如T 11-T N1)和与各个小区断开连接的时间(也可以称为离开时间,例如T 12-T N2)。根据该实施例,进入时间可以以服务于小区的基站接收到用户发送的切换完成信令的时间为准,离开时间可以以基站发送切换命令的时间为准。 According to an embodiment, the cell handover history record of the user may be stored to be used to identify the user on the high-speed vehicle. Generally, user mobility can be managed by a mobility management unit (Mobility Management Entity, MME) on the network side. Specifically, as shown in Figure 2B, the MME is made to record the user’s cell handover history, including the cell ID of each cell accessed (for example, C1- CN ), and the time of access to each cell (also called entering Time, such as T 11 -T N1 ) and the time of disconnection from each cell (also referred to as leave time, such as T 12 -T N2 ). According to this embodiment, the entry time may be based on the time when the base station serving the cell receives the handover completion signaling sent by the user, and the leave time may be based on the time when the base station sends the handover command.
以高速列车为例,由此,对于基于轨迹的识别,网络侧(例如,MME)预先存储高速列车轨道沿线的小区基站的信息,包括例如基站的ID和位置等。通过匹配用户的小区切换历史和预先存储的小区基站的信息,判断该用户是否为高铁用户。例如,若用户的小区切换历史中所涉及的基站均为预先存储的高速列车轨道沿线的基站,则可以初步判定该用户沿高速列车轨道运动。Taking a high-speed train as an example, for trajectory-based identification, the network side (for example, MME) pre-stores information of cell base stations along the high-speed train track, including, for example, the ID and location of the base station. By matching the user's cell handover history and pre-stored cell base station information, it is determined whether the user is a high-speed rail user. For example, if the base stations involved in the user's cell handover history are all pre-stored base stations along the high-speed train track, it can be preliminarily determined that the user is moving along the high-speed train track.
进一步地,对于基于速度的识别,MME可以估算某一时间段内用户移动的平均速度,计算公式为:平均速度=移动距离/移动时间。其中,移动时间为该时间段的长度,例如可以是如小区切换历史记录中所包含的用户在小区内的驻留时间,移动距离可以估算为结束时刻用户所在小区的基站与初始时刻用户所在小区的基站之间的距离。此外,作为示例,运动时间长度的选取应使得用户在该时间段内跨越多个基站,例如优选为1~2min。根据上述方法,若用户的平均移动速度大于某一阈值,例如150~200km/h,则可判定用户为高速列车上的用户。Further, for speed-based identification, the MME can estimate the average speed of the user's movement in a certain period of time, and the calculation formula is: average speed=moving distance/moving time. Wherein, the moving time is the length of the time period, for example, it can be the residence time of the user in the cell included in the cell handover history record, and the moving distance can be estimated as the base station of the cell where the user is at the end time and the cell where the user is at the initial time. The distance between the base stations. In addition, as an example, the selection of the motion time length should enable the user to span multiple base stations within the time period, for example, preferably 1 to 2 minutes. According to the above method, if the average moving speed of the user is greater than a certain threshold, for example, 150-200km/h, it can be determined that the user is a user on a high-speed train.
<<3.设备的结构配置和操作>><<3. Equipment configuration and operation>>
<3.1.目标小区的电子设备的结构配置和操作><3.1. Structural configuration and operation of electronic equipment in the target cell>
图3是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的目标小区的电子设备的示例结构的框图。如图3所示,电子设备10包括处理电路100、存储器101和通信单元102。Fig. 3 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of an electronic device of a target cell according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 3, the electronic device 10 includes a processing circuit 100, a memory 101 and a communication unit 102.
根据该实施例,处理电路可以被配置为在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到电子设备服务于的目标小区。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit may be configured to select a representative terminal device among a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group, with the group as a unit Handover from the original cell to the target cell served by the electronic device.
在该电子设备的结构示例中,处理电路100可以是通用处理器的形式,也可以是专用处理电路,例如ASIC。例如,处理电路100能够由电路(硬件)或中央处理设 备(诸如,中央处理单元(CPU))构造。此外,处理电路100上可以承载用于使电路(硬件)或中央处理设备工作的程序(软件)。该程序能够存储在存储器101(诸如,布置在存储器101中)或从外面连接的外部存储介质中,以及经由网络(诸如,互联网)下载。In the structural example of the electronic device, the processing circuit 100 may be in the form of a general-purpose processor, or may be a special-purpose processing circuit, such as an ASIC. For example, the processing circuit 100 can be constructed by a circuit (hardware) or a central processing device (such as a central processing unit (CPU)). In addition, the processing circuit 100 may carry a program (software) for operating the circuit (hardware) or the central processing device. The program can be stored in the storage 101 (such as arranged in the storage 101) or an external storage medium connected from the outside, and downloaded via a network (such as the Internet).
根据该实施例,处理电路100可以包括选择单元1001,选择单元1001可以被配置为在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备。根据该实施例,所选择的代表终端设备被预留有非竞争随机接入资源。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 100 may include a selection unit 1001, and the selection unit 1001 may be configured to select one representative terminal device among a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group. According to this embodiment, the selected representative terminal device is reserved for non-contention random access resources.
根据该实施例,终端设备可以根据信号空间特征被分组。根据该实施例,终端设备组中的各个终端设备具有相同或相似的信号空间特征。容易理解,在高速交通工具上,持有同一终端设备组中的各个终端设备的用户在空间位置上相邻,并且在小区切换时间内维持空间相邻的状态,因此具有相同或相似的信号空间特征。根据该实施例,作为示例,信号空间特征包括以下各项中的一个或多个:下行发送波束、直射径角度、多普勒频移、路径损耗和小区切换历史。According to this embodiment, terminal devices can be grouped according to signal spatial characteristics. According to this embodiment, each terminal device in the terminal device group has the same or similar signal spatial characteristics. It is easy to understand that on high-speed vehicles, users holding each terminal device in the same terminal device group are adjacent in space, and maintain a spatially adjacent state during the cell switching time, so they have the same or similar signal space. feature. According to this embodiment, as an example, the signal spatial characteristics include one or more of the following: downlink transmission beam, direct path angle, Doppler shift, path loss, and cell switching history.
根据实施例,进行小区切换时终端设备组可与先前的终端设备组相同,或者可进行改变。作为一个示例,在终端设备在原小区中已被分组的情况下,终端设备在原小区中接入的另一电子设备通过去除原终端设备组中与组内其他终端设备的信号空间特征差异较大的终端设备,并且添加与组内终端设备的信号空间特征相近的新的终端设备,来得到新的终端设备组。作为另一个示例,在终端设备在原小区中未被分组的情况下,终端设备在原小区中接入的另一电子设备通过对信号空间特征进行聚类,来得到终端设备组。According to an embodiment, the terminal device group may be the same as the previous terminal device group when cell handover is performed, or may be changed. As an example, in the case where the terminal device has been grouped in the original cell, another electronic device that the terminal device accesses in the original cell removes the signal spatial characteristics of the original terminal device group that is significantly different from that of other terminal devices in the group. Terminal equipment, and add new terminal equipment similar to the signal space characteristics of the terminal equipment in the group to obtain a new terminal equipment group. As another example, when the terminal device is not grouped in the original cell, another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell obtains the terminal device group by clustering the signal spatial characteristics.
根据该实施例,处理电路100还可以包括接收单元1002,接收单元1002可以被配置为从终端设备在原小区中接入的另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换请求。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 100 may further include a receiving unit 1002, which may be configured to receive a cell handover request of the terminal device group from another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell.
在该实施例中,作为一个示例,选择单元1001可以基于终端设备组的小区切换请求中包含的另一电子设备推荐的代表终端设备ID,选择代表终端设备。作为另一个示例,选择单元1001也可以随机选择代表终端设备。作为再一个示例,选择单元1001也可以根据自身需要选择代表终端设备。In this embodiment, as an example, the selection unit 1001 may select the representative terminal device based on the representative terminal device ID recommended by another electronic device included in the cell handover request of the terminal device group. As another example, the selection unit 1001 may also randomly select the representative terminal device. As another example, the selection unit 1001 may also select the representative terminal device according to its own needs.
在该实施例中,终端设备组的小区切换请求包括终端设备特有信息,终端设备特有信息可以包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在原小区中的定时提前(Timing Advance,TA)值。TA值是用户在上行传输中需要提前的时间,由于不同用户距基站的距离不同,为了保证不同用户的上行信号能够在同一时间到达基站侧,因此需要 为不同的用户配置不同的TA值。In this embodiment, the cell handover request of the terminal device group includes terminal device-specific information, and the terminal device-specific information may include the timing advance (TA) value of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the original cell. The TA value is the time that users need to advance in uplink transmission. Because different users have different distances from the base station, in order to ensure that the uplink signals of different users can reach the base station side at the same time, different users need to be configured with different TA values.
在该实施例中,处理电路100还可以包括发送单元1003,发送单元1003可以被配置为响应于终端设备组的小区切换请求,向服务于原小区的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换答复。其中,作为示例,终端设备组的小区切换答复可以包括终端设备特有信息,终端设备特有信息可以包括准许切换的一个或多个终端设备的ID、所选择的代表终端设备的ID,以及为代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。应指出,被准许切换的终端设备可以是所述终端设备组中的至少一些或全部终端设备。另外,终端设备组的小区切换答复还可以包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识(C-RNTI)。In this embodiment, the processing circuit 100 may further include a sending unit 1003, and the sending unit 1003 may be configured to send the cell handover of the terminal device group to another electronic device serving the original cell in response to the cell handover request of the terminal device group. reply. Among them, as an example, the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group may include terminal equipment-specific information, and the terminal equipment-specific information may include the ID of one or more terminal equipment that is permitted to switch, the ID of the selected representative terminal equipment, and the representative terminal Configuration information of the non-competitive random access resources reserved by the device. It should be noted that the terminal devices that are permitted to switch may be at least some or all of the terminal devices in the terminal device group. In addition, the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group may also include the cell radio network temporary identification (C-RNTI) of each terminal equipment in the terminal equipment group in the target cell.
在该实施例中,响应于终端设备组的小区切换答复,服务于原小区的另一电子设备可以向终端设备组发送切换命令。进一步地,响应于所述切换命令,终端设备组中的所有终端设备可以切断与原小区的连接,并且对目标小区进行下行同步。In this embodiment, in response to the cell handover reply of the terminal device group, another electronic device serving the original cell may send a handover command to the terminal device group. Further, in response to the handover command, all terminal devices in the terminal device group can cut off the connection with the original cell, and perform downlink synchronization on the target cell.
在该实施例中,作为示例,切换命令包括指示终端设备是否为代表终端设备的随机接入指示符。另外,对于代表终端设备,切换命令还可以包括电子设备为代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。In this embodiment, as an example, the handover command includes a random access indicator indicating whether the terminal device is a representative terminal device. In addition, for the representative terminal device, the handover command may also include the configuration information of the non-competitive random access resource reserved by the electronic device for the representative terminal device.
在该实施例中,代表终端设备利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源,随机接入目标小区中的电子设备。具体地,作为示例,代表终端设备可以利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向电子设备发送前导序列,从而接入目标小区中的电子设备。在该实施例中,代表终端设备从接收到切换命令到发送前导序列之间的时间大于或等于预定的组等待窗口时间,以保证非代表终端设备能够成功完成下行同步。In this embodiment, the representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resource to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell. Specifically, as an example, the representative terminal device can use the reserved non-competitive random access resources to send the preamble sequence to the electronic device, so as to access the electronic device in the target cell. In this embodiment, the time between receiving the handover command and sending the preamble sequence of the representative terminal device is greater than or equal to the predetermined group waiting window time to ensure that the non-representative terminal device can successfully complete the downlink synchronization.
在该实施例中,处理电路100还可以包括信息获取单元1004,信息获取单元1004被配置为基于前导序列获得代表终端设备在目标小区中的TA值,例如可在代表终端设备接入目标小区时进行计算。另外,信息获取单元1004还可以被配置为基于前导序列获得代表终端设备在目标小区中的最优下行发送波束。In this embodiment, the processing circuit 100 may further include an information obtaining unit 1004, which is configured to obtain the TA value representing the terminal device in the target cell based on the preamble sequence, for example, when the representative terminal device accesses the target cell Calculation. In addition, the information obtaining unit 1004 may also be configured to obtain the optimal downlink transmission beam representing the terminal device in the target cell based on the preamble sequence.
另外,在该实施例中,处理电路100还可以包括计算单元1005,计算单元1005被配置为计算代表终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的TA值的变化量,并且通过将终端设备组中的非代表终端设备在原小区中的TA值与代表终端设备的TA值的变化量相加,得到非代表终端设备在目标小区中的TA值。In addition, in this embodiment, the processing circuit 100 may also include a calculation unit 1005, which is configured to calculate the amount of change in the TA value representing the terminal device in the original cell and the target cell, and by dividing the non-terminal device group The TA value of the representative terminal device in the original cell is added to the change amount of the TA value of the representative terminal device to obtain the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the target cell.
在该实施例中,发送单元1003进一步被配置为向终端设备组中的所有终端设备发送随机接入响应RAR。例如,RAR可通过物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink  Shared Channel,PDSCH)信道传输,并且可包括前述的各终端设备的TA值。在该实施例中,处理电路100还可以包括加扰单元1006,加扰单元1006被配置为利用非代表终端设备的C-RNTI,对要发送给非代表终端设备的RAR进行加扰。在该实施例中,非代表终端设备可以在完成下行同步后,持续地检测RAR。In this embodiment, the sending unit 1003 is further configured to send a random access response RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group. For example, the RAR may be transmitted through a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH) channel, and may include the aforementioned TA value of each terminal device. In this embodiment, the processing circuit 100 may further include a scrambling unit 1006, which is configured to use the C-RNTI of the non-representative terminal device to scramble the RAR to be sent to the non-representative terminal device. In this embodiment, the non-representative terminal device can continuously detect the RAR after completing the downlink synchronization.
在该实施例中,接收单元1002进一步被配置为利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源,从成功检测到RAR的终端设备接收切换完成信令,从而完成终端设备组的一次小区切换。In this embodiment, the receiving unit 1002 is further configured to use the uplink transmission resources indicated in the RAR to receive handover completion signaling from the terminal device that successfully detects the RAR, so as to complete a cell handover of the terminal device group.
另外,在该实施例中,终端设备组的小区切换请求可以由终端设备组中的一个或多个终端设备的测量报告触发。作为示例,测量报告可以是针对RSRP的测量报告。在该实施例中,当终端设备在目标小区中预测的RSRP超过在其原小区中预测的RSRP达预定阈值时,终端设备组的小区切换请求可以被触发。其中,例如,终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的预测的RSRP可以利用当前测量的RSRP、RSRP变化斜率和提前时间计算出。其中,作为一个示例,RSRP变化斜率可以利用测量的RSRP历史值拟合估计得到。其中,提前时间为预测时刻与当前时刻之差。根据该实施例,提前时间可以基于被测量的终端设备的移动速度而被配置。In addition, in this embodiment, the cell handover request of the terminal device group may be triggered by the measurement report of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group. As an example, the measurement report may be a measurement report for RSRP. In this embodiment, when the RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in its original cell by a predetermined threshold, the cell handover request of the terminal device group can be triggered. Among them, for example, the predicted RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell can be calculated using the currently measured RSRP, the slope of the RSRP change, and the lead time. Among them, as an example, the RSRP change slope can be estimated by fitting the measured RSRP historical value. Among them, the advance time is the difference between the predicted time and the current time. According to this embodiment, the advance time may be configured based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
另外,根据该实施例,还可以仅为代表终端设备预留与电子设备的用于发送同步信号块SSB的下行发送波束中的一部分下行发送波束对应的前导序列资源,以进一步降低小区切换过程中的资源开销。In addition, according to this embodiment, preamble resources corresponding to a part of the downlink transmission beams of the electronic equipment used to transmit the synchronization signal block SSB can be reserved only for the representative terminal equipment, so as to further reduce the cell handover process. Resource overhead.
此外,可选地,电子设备10还可以包括图3中以虚线示出的存储器101以及通信单元102。此外,电子设备10还可以包括未示出的其它部件,诸如射频链路、基带处理单元、网络接口、处理器、控制器等。处理电路100可以与存储器101和/或通信单元102关联。例如,处理电路100可以直接或间接(例如,中间可能连接有其它部件)连接到存储器101,以进行数据的存取。还例如,处理电路100可以直接或间接连接到通信单元102,以经由通信单元102发送无线电信号以及经由通信单元102接收无线电信号。In addition, optionally, the electronic device 10 may further include the memory 101 and the communication unit 102 shown in dashed lines in FIG. 3. In addition, the electronic device 10 may also include other components not shown, such as a radio frequency link, a baseband processing unit, a network interface, a processor, a controller, and so on. The processing circuit 100 may be associated with the memory 101 and/or the communication unit 102. For example, the processing circuit 100 may be directly or indirectly (for example, other components may be connected in between) connected to the memory 101 to access data. For another example, the processing circuit 100 may be directly or indirectly connected to the communication unit 102 to transmit radio signals via the communication unit 102 and receive radio signals via the communication unit 102.
存储器101可以存储由处理电路100产生的各种信息和处理电路100要利用的各种信息(例如,终端设备特有信息、终端设备组共有信息等)、用于电子设备10操作的程序和数据、将由通信单元102发送的数据等。存储器101用虚线绘出,因为它还可以位于处理电路100内或者位于电子设备10外。存储器101可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。例如,存储器101可以包括但不限于随机存储存储器(RAM)、 动态随机存储存储器(DRAM)、静态随机存取存储器(SRAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、闪存存储器。The memory 101 can store various information generated by the processing circuit 100 and various information to be used by the processing circuit 100 (for example, terminal device specific information, terminal device group common information, etc.), programs and data used for the operation of the electronic device 10, Data etc. to be transmitted by the communication unit 102. The memory 101 is drawn with a dashed line because it can also be located inside the processing circuit 100 or outside the electronic device 10. The memory 101 may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory. For example, the memory 101 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), read only memory (ROM), and flash memory.
通信单元102可以被配置为在处理电路100的控制下与其他电子设备和终端设备进行通信。在一个示例中,通信单元102可以被实现为发射机或收发机,包括天线阵列和/或射频链路等通信部件。在一个实施例中,该通信单元102可以将在处理电路100中确定的终端设备组的小区切换答复发送到服务于原小区的另一电子设备。在一个实施例中,通信单元102也可发送和接收用于根据本公开的实施例中所描述的过程所需的信令。The communication unit 102 may be configured to communicate with other electronic devices and terminal devices under the control of the processing circuit 100. In an example, the communication unit 102 may be implemented as a transmitter or transceiver, including communication components such as an antenna array and/or a radio frequency link. In an embodiment, the communication unit 102 may send the cell handover reply of the terminal device group determined in the processing circuit 100 to another electronic device serving the original cell. In an embodiment, the communication unit 102 may also send and receive signaling required for the procedures described in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
虽然图3中示出了处理电路100与通信单元102分离,但是处理电路100也可以被实现为包括通信单元102。此外,处理电路100还可以被实现为包括电子设备10中的一个或多个其它部件,或者处理电路100可以被实现为电子设备10本身。在实际实现时,处理电路100可以被实现为芯片(诸如包括单个晶片的集成电路模块)、硬件部件或完整的产品。Although FIG. 3 shows that the processing circuit 100 is separated from the communication unit 102, the processing circuit 100 may also be implemented to include the communication unit 102. In addition, the processing circuit 100 may also be implemented to include one or more other components in the electronic device 10, or the processing circuit 100 may be implemented as the electronic device 10 itself. In actual implementation, the processing circuit 100 may be implemented as a chip (such as an integrated circuit module including a single wafer), a hardware component, or a complete product.
应注意,上述各个单元仅是根据其所实现的具体功能划分的逻辑模块,而不是用于限制具体的实现方式,例如可以以软件、硬件或者软硬件结合的方式来实现。在实际实现时,上述各个单元可被实现为独立的物理实体,或者也可由单个实体(例如,处理器(CPU或DSP等)、集成电路等)来实现。此外,上述各个单元在附图中用虚线示出指示这些单元可以并不实际存在,而它们所实现的操作/功能可由处理电路本身来实现。It should be noted that the above-mentioned units are only logical modules divided according to the specific functions they implement, and are not used to limit specific implementation manners. For example, they may be implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. In actual implementation, each of the above-mentioned units may be implemented as an independent physical entity, or may also be implemented by a single entity (for example, a processor (CPU or DSP, etc.), an integrated circuit, etc.). In addition, the above-mentioned various units are shown with dotted lines in the drawings to indicate that these units may not actually exist, and the operations/functions they implement can be implemented by the processing circuit itself.
下面将参考图4-图9示例性地说明电子设备所实施的分组的小区切换方案和基于预测的小区切换方案。Hereinafter, the grouped cell handover scheme and the prediction-based cell handover scheme implemented by the electronic device will be exemplarily explained with reference to FIGS. 4-9.
图4示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的目标小区的电子设备的操作的流程图。Fig. 4 schematically shows a flowchart of the operation of the electronic device of the target cell according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
首先,在步骤S401中,电子设备从终端设备在原小区中接入的另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换请求。First, in step S401, the electronic device receives a cell handover request of the terminal device group from another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell.
根据该实施例,终端设备组中的各个终端设备具有相同或相似的信号空间特征。理想情况下,位置相近的终端设备(例如,位于同一车厢内的终端设备)应被分为同一组。然而,在实际通信系统中,基站往往难以准确判断终端设备的位置。因此,在一些实施例中,可以利用信号空间特征对终端设备进行分组。根据该实施例,在终端设备在原小区中未被分组的情况下,终端设备在原小区中接入的另一电子设备可以通过对信号空间特征进行聚类,来得到终端设备组。According to this embodiment, each terminal device in the terminal device group has the same or similar signal spatial characteristics. Ideally, terminal devices in close proximity (for example, terminal devices located in the same compartment) should be grouped into the same group. However, in an actual communication system, it is often difficult for a base station to accurately determine the location of a terminal device. Therefore, in some embodiments, signal spatial characteristics may be used to group terminal devices. According to this embodiment, when the terminal device is not grouped in the original cell, another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell can obtain the terminal device group by clustering the signal spatial characteristics.
具体而言,同一分组内的终端设备由于位置相近,因此具有相同的波束、相似的小区切换历史、相似的路径损耗、相似的直射径角度和相似的多普勒频移。因此,可以将这些特征构成高维特征向量,并且对多个终端设备的高维特征向量进行聚类(例如,利用K-means算法等),从而得到多个终端设备分组。Specifically, the terminal devices in the same group have the same beam, similar cell switching history, similar path loss, similar direct radius angle, and similar Doppler shift due to their similar locations. Therefore, these features can be formed into high-dimensional feature vectors, and the high-dimensional feature vectors of multiple terminal devices can be clustered (for example, using the K-means algorithm, etc.) to obtain multiple terminal device groups.
根据实施例,由于用户的TA值与波束相关,因此同一用户组内的用户具有相同的基站下行发送波束为必要条件。此外,基站下行发送波束通常有两种,用于发送同步信号块SSB的波束和用于发送物理下行共享信道PDSCH的波束。由于小区切换过程主要涉及SSB对应波束,因此选取SSB对应的波束用于进行用户分组。According to the embodiment, since the TA value of the user is related to the beam, it is a necessary condition that users in the same user group have the same base station downlink transmission beam. In addition, there are generally two types of downlink transmission beams of the base station, the beam used to transmit the synchronization signal block SSB and the beam used to transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH. Since the cell handover process mainly involves the beam corresponding to the SSB, the beam corresponding to the SSB is selected for user grouping.
作为示例,图5示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的对终端设备进行分组的信令的流程图。如图5所示,在步骤S501中,终端设备向为其服务的电子设备发送上行参考信号。接下来,在步骤S502中,电子设备可以基于接收到的上行参考信号来估计终端设备的信号空间特征,包括但不限于下行发送波束、直射径角度、多普勒频移、路径损耗,等等。接下来,在步骤S503中,电子设备向MME发送查询终端设备的小区切换历史的信令。然后,MME在接收到小区切换历史查询信令之后向电子设备返回其先前存储的终端设备的小区切换历史,如步骤S504所示。最后,在步骤S505中,电子设备根据从MME接收的小区切换历史以及其所估计的信号空间特征对终端设备进行分组。As an example, FIG. 5 schematically shows a flowchart of signaling for grouping terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 5, in step S501, the terminal device sends an uplink reference signal to the electronic device serving it. Next, in step S502, the electronic device can estimate the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal device based on the received uplink reference signal, including but not limited to downlink transmission beam, direct beam angle, Doppler frequency shift, path loss, etc. . Next, in step S503, the electronic device sends a signaling for querying the cell handover history of the terminal device to the MME. Then, after receiving the cell switching history query signaling, the MME returns its previously stored cell switching history of the terminal device to the electronic device, as shown in step S504. Finally, in step S505, the electronic device groups the terminal devices according to the cell handover history received from the MME and its estimated signal space characteristics.
在一些实施例中,还可以利用车厢内Wifi系统、设备间(D2D)系统等其他信息辅助进行终端设备分组。例如,可以基于位置相近的终端设备测量到的Wifi接入点的信号强度相似的特性来辅助终端设备分组。In some embodiments, other information such as the in-car Wifi system and the device room (D2D) system can also be used to assist terminal device grouping. For example, it is possible to assist terminal device grouping based on characteristics of similar signal strengths of Wifi access points measured by terminal devices in similar locations.
根据该实施例,小区切换时终端设备分组可以与先前的终端设备分组相同,或者可进行改变,例如根据信号空间特征被动态调整。作为示例,在终端设备在原小区中已被分组的情况下,终端设备可以在原小区中接入的另一电子设备通过去除原终端设备组中与组内其他终端设备的信号空间特征差异较大的终端设备,并且添加与组内终端设备的信号空间特征相近的新的终端设备,来得到新的终端设备组。According to this embodiment, the terminal device grouping during cell handover may be the same as the previous terminal device grouping, or may be changed, for example, dynamically adjusted according to signal spatial characteristics. As an example, in the case where the terminal device has been grouped in the original cell, another electronic device that the terminal device can access in the original cell removes the signal space characteristics of the original terminal device group that are significantly different from other terminal devices in the group. Terminal equipment, and add new terminal equipment similar to the signal space characteristics of the terminal equipment in the group to obtain a new terminal equipment group.
应当理解,对终端设备的分组不限于上述描述,其可以由原小区中为终端设备服务的电子设备进行,也可以由目标小区中待为终端设备服务的电子设备进行,还可以在网络侧由MME进行。It should be understood that the grouping of terminal devices is not limited to the above description. It can be performed by the electronic devices serving the terminal devices in the original cell, or by the electronic devices to be served by the terminal devices in the target cell, or by the network side. MME proceeded.
根据该实施例,终端设备组的小区切换请求可以包括终端设备组共有信息和终端设备特有信息。其中,终端设备组共有信息是对于同一终端设备组中的终端设备相同 的信息。如图6所示,终端设备组的小区切换请求包括终端设备组共有信息以及终端设备1~K所特有的信息。终端设备组内所有终端设备通过复用终端设备组共有信息,能够降低Xn/X2接口信令开销。According to this embodiment, the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include terminal device group common information and terminal device specific information. Among them, the terminal device group shared information is the same information for the terminal devices in the same terminal device group. As shown in FIG. 6, the cell handover request of the terminal device group includes information common to the terminal device group and information unique to the terminal devices 1 to K. All terminal devices in the terminal device group can reduce the Xn/X2 interface signaling overhead by multiplexing the common information of the terminal device group.
根据该实施例,终端设备组的小区切换请求中的终端设备特有信息可以包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在原小区中的TA值。在一些实施例中,终端设备组的小区切换请求中的终端设备组共有信息可以包括目标小区ID和原小区最小系统信息等。According to this embodiment, the terminal device-specific information in the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include the TA value of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the original cell. In some embodiments, the terminal device group shared information in the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include the target cell ID and the minimum system information of the original cell.
返回参考图4,接下来,在步骤S402中,电子设备判定是否许可终端设备组进行小区切换。在许可小区切换请求的情况下(步骤S402为“是”),在步骤S403中,电子设备在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,并且随后,在步骤S404中,向原小区的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换答复。Referring back to FIG. 4, next, in step S402, the electronic device determines whether the terminal device group is permitted to perform cell handover. In the case that the cell handover request is permitted ("Yes" in step S402), in step S403, the electronic device selects one representative terminal device among the multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group, and then, in step S404, the original Another electronic device in the cell sends a cell handover reply of the terminal device group.
根据该实施例,终端设备组的小区切换答复可以包括终端设备组共有信息和终端设备特有信息。其中,终端设备组共有信息是对于同一终端设备组中的终端设备相同的信息。如图6所示,终端设备组的小区切换答复包括终端设备组共有信息以及终端设备1~K所特有的信息。终端设备组内所有终端设备通过复用终端设备组共有信息,能够降低Xn/X2接口信令开销。According to this embodiment, the cell handover response of the terminal device group may include terminal device group common information and terminal device specific information. Wherein, the terminal device group shared information is the same information for the terminal devices in the same terminal device group. As shown in FIG. 6, the cell handover response of the terminal device group includes information shared by the terminal device group and information unique to the terminal devices 1 to K. All terminal devices in the terminal device group can reduce the Xn/X2 interface signaling overhead by multiplexing the common information of the terminal device group.
根据该实施例,终端设备组的小区切换答复中的终端设备特有信息可以包括准许切换的一个或多个终端设备的ID、所选择的代表终端设备的ID,以及为代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。在一些实施例中,终端设备组的小区切换答复中的终端设备组共有信息可以包括目标小区ID、目标小区安全算法标识和目标小区系统信息块等。According to this embodiment, the terminal device-specific information in the cell handover response of the terminal device group may include the ID of one or more terminal devices that are permitted to switch, the ID of the selected representative terminal device, and the non-specific information reserved for the representative terminal device. Configuration information for competing random access resources. In some embodiments, the terminal device group shared information in the cell handover response of the terminal device group may include the target cell ID, the target cell security algorithm identifier, and the target cell system information block.
根据该实施例,代表终端设备可以由目标小区以各种方式进行选择。在一些实施例中,电子设备也可以随机选择代表终端设备或者根据自身需要来选择代表终端设备。作为示例,可以从终端设备组内随机选取,也可以根据某些终端设备特征(如RSRP等)进行选取。According to this embodiment, the representative terminal device can be selected by the target cell in various ways. In some embodiments, the electronic device may also randomly select the representative terminal device or select the representative terminal device according to its own needs. As an example, it can be selected randomly from the terminal device group, or can be selected based on some terminal device characteristics (such as RSRP, etc.).
在一些实施例中,为了支持后续的分组随机接入,终端设备组的小区切换请求中还可以包含服务于原小区的另一电子设备推荐的代表终端设备ID。根据该实施例,电子设备可以基于原小区的另一电子设备推荐的代表终端设备ID,选择代表终端设备。作为示例,通常情况下,目标小区中的电子设备并不知道终端设备的特征。从而,原小区中的提供服务的另一电子设备可以根据终端设备的特征推荐合适的代表终端设备,例如可以推荐信道质量最好(比如,RSRP最大)的终端设备为代表终端设备, 并将该代表终端设备的ID包含在终端设备组的小区切换请求中发送给目标小区中的提供服务的电子设备。In some embodiments, in order to support subsequent grouped random access, the cell handover request of the terminal device group may also include a representative terminal device ID recommended by another electronic device serving the original cell. According to this embodiment, the electronic device can select the representative terminal device based on the representative terminal device ID recommended by another electronic device in the original cell. As an example, generally, the electronic device in the target cell does not know the characteristics of the terminal device. Therefore, another electronic device providing service in the original cell can recommend a suitable representative terminal device according to the characteristics of the terminal device. For example, the terminal device with the best channel quality (for example, the largest RSRP) can be recommended as the representative terminal device, and the The ID representing the terminal device is included in the cell handover request of the terminal device group and sent to the electronic device providing the service in the target cell.
为了支持后续的分组随机接入,根据该实施例,终端设备组的小区切换答复还可以包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在目标小区的C-RNTI。In order to support subsequent grouped random access, according to this embodiment, the cell handover response of the terminal device group may also include the C-RNTI of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the target cell.
根据该实施例,响应于终端设备组的小区切换答复,原小区中的另一电子设备向终端设备组发送切换命令。根据该实施例,切换命令可以包括指示终端设备是否为代表终端设备的随机接入指示符。作为示例,对于代表终端设备,随机接入指示符可以为1,而对于非代表终端设备,随机接入指示符可以为0。根据该实施例,对于代表终端设备,切换命令还可以包括目标小区中的电子设备为代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息,从而向代表终端设备告知为其预留的非竞争随机接入资源。According to this embodiment, in response to the cell handover reply of the terminal device group, another electronic device in the original cell sends a handover command to the terminal device group. According to this embodiment, the handover command may include a random access indicator indicating whether the terminal device is a representative terminal device. As an example, for a representative terminal device, the random access indicator may be 1, and for a non-representative terminal device, the random access indicator may be 0. According to this embodiment, for the representative terminal device, the handover command may also include the configuration information of the non-competitive random access resources reserved for the representative terminal device by the electronic device in the target cell, so as to inform the representative terminal device of the non-competitive random access resources reserved for the representative terminal device. Competing for random access resources.
返回参考图4,接下来,在步骤S405中,电子设备接收终端设备组随机接入。具体地,代表终端设备切断与原小区的连接,并且与目标小区中的电子设备下行同步。然后,代表终端设备利用为其预留的非竞争随机接入资源,随机接入目标小区中的电子设备。作为示例,代表终端设备利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向电子设备发送前导序列,目标小区中的电子设备基于前导序列检测最优的上行接收波束,并且利用下行发送波束与上行随机接入资源的对应关系获得最优的下行发送波束。Referring back to FIG. 4, next, in step S405, the electronic device receives the random access of the terminal device group. Specifically, it represents that the terminal device cuts off the connection with the original cell and synchronizes downlink with the electronic device in the target cell. Then, the representative terminal device uses the non-competitive random access resources reserved for it to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell. As an example, the representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to send the preamble sequence to the electronic device. The electronic device in the target cell detects the optimal uplink receiving beam based on the preamble sequence, and uses the downlink transmission beam and the uplink random access The corresponding relationship of resources obtains the optimal downlink transmission beam.
容易理解,由于同一用户终端设备组内各个终端设备的下行发送波束相同,因此代表终端设备的最优下行发送波束也即为组内其他非代表终端设备的最优下行发送波束,从而非代表终端设备也切断与原小区的连接,并且与目标小区中的电子设备下行同步,然后可以利用该最优下行发送波束随机接入目标小区的电子设备。It is easy to understand that since the downlink transmission beams of each terminal device in the same user terminal equipment group are the same, the optimal downlink transmission beam of the representative terminal device is also the optimal downlink transmission beam of other non-representative terminal devices in the group, so that the non-representative terminal The device also cuts off the connection with the original cell, and synchronizes downlink with the electronic device in the target cell, and then can use the optimal downlink transmission beam to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell.
根据该实施例,代表终端设备从接收到切换命令到发送前导序列之间的时间大于或等于预定的组等待窗口时间,如图6所示,从而可以保证非代表终端设备能够在组等待窗口时间内完成下行同步,避免非代表终端设备接入失败,从而提高通信系统的鲁棒性。According to this embodiment, the time between receiving the switching command and sending the preamble sequence of the representative terminal device is greater than or equal to the predetermined group waiting window time, as shown in FIG. 6, thereby ensuring that the non-representing terminal device can wait in the group waiting window time The downlink synchronization is completed internally to avoid failure of non-representative terminal equipment access, thereby improving the robustness of the communication system.
接下来,在步骤S406中,电子设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应RAR。在一些实施例中,电子设备向终端设备组中的所有终端设备发送随机接入响应RAR。在该实施例中,RAR可以包含TA值、C-RNTI和上行传输资源。在一些实施例中,电子设备可以在公共物理下行控制信道(PDCCH)空间发送RAR。Next, in step S406, the electronic device sends a random access response RAR to the terminal device. In some embodiments, the electronic device sends a random access response RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group. In this embodiment, RAR may include TA value, C-RNTI and uplink transmission resources. In some embodiments, the electronic device may send RAR in the public physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) space.
根据实施例,RAR中所包含的TA值可以包括非代表终端设备的TA值,并且该TA值可以如下地计算。根据该实施例,电子设备还可以基于前导序列获得代表终端 设备在目标小区中的TA值。由于小区切换的时间较短(通常在几十ms到上百ms以内),可以假设用户端时钟在小区切换过程中稳定,因此对于同一终端设备组内的所有终端设备,小区切换过程中TA的变化(即在目标小区中的TA值与在原小区中的TA值的差)基本相同。根据该实施例,电子设备可以计算代表终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的TA值的变化量,并且通过将终端设备组中的非代表终端设备在原小区中的TA值与代表终端设备的TA值的变化量相加,得到非代表终端设备在目标小区中的TA值。非代表终端设备在目标小区内新的TA值的计算公式可以为:非代表终端设备目标小区TA=非代表终端设备原小区TA+代表终端设备TA变化量。According to an embodiment, the TA value contained in the RAR may include a TA value that is not representative of the terminal device, and the TA value may be calculated as follows. According to this embodiment, the electronic device can also obtain the TA value representing the terminal device in the target cell based on the preamble sequence. Since the cell handover time is relatively short (usually within tens of ms to hundreds of ms), it can be assumed that the user terminal clock is stable during the cell handover process. Therefore, for all terminal equipment in the same terminal equipment group, the TA during the cell handover process The change (that is, the difference between the TA value in the target cell and the TA value in the original cell) is basically the same. According to this embodiment, the electronic device can calculate the amount of change in the TA value of the representative terminal device in the original cell and the target cell, and by comparing the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the original cell of the terminal device group with the TA value of the representative terminal device Add the changes of, to obtain the TA value of the non-representative terminal equipment in the target cell. The calculation formula for the new TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the target cell may be: the target cell of the non-representative terminal device TA=the original cell TA of the non-representative terminal device+the TA change amount of the representative terminal device.
为了使得非代表终端设备能够接收并正确解码目标小区中的电子设备发送的RAR,在该实施例中,电子设备利用非代表终端设备的C-RNTI,对要发送给非代表终端设备的RAR进行加扰。由于终端设备在目标小区内的C-RNTI已被包含在小区切换答复中,并且通过切换命令发送给了终端设备,因此终端设备在接入目标小区前便已获得在新小区内的C-RNTI,进而可以通过C-RNTI解码接收到的RAR。In order to enable the non-representative terminal device to receive and correctly decode the RAR sent by the electronic device in the target cell, in this embodiment, the electronic device uses the C-RNTI of the non-representative terminal device to perform the RAR to be sent to the non-representative terminal device. Scrambled. Since the C-RNTI of the terminal equipment in the target cell has been included in the cell handover response and sent to the terminal equipment through the handover command, the terminal equipment has obtained the C-RNTI in the new cell before accessing the target cell , And then the received RAR can be decoded through C-RNTI.
另外,由于代表终端设备完成随机接入后才能计算出非代表终端设备的TA值,所以非代表终端设备的RAR需要在代表终端设备完成随机接入后传输,因此非代表终端设备并不知道RAR将在何时传输,因此在该实施例中,非代表终端设备需要在完成下行同步后,持续地检测RAR,如图6所示。在一些实施例中,非代表终端设备可以在公共PDCCH空间持续地检测RAR。In addition, since the TA value of the non-representative terminal device can be calculated after the representative terminal device completes random access, the RAR of the non-representative terminal device needs to be transmitted after the representative terminal device completes the random access, so the non-representative terminal device does not know the RAR When will it be transmitted, in this embodiment, the non-representative terminal device needs to continuously detect the RAR after completing the downlink synchronization, as shown in FIG. 6. In some embodiments, non-representative terminal devices can continuously detect RAR in the common PDCCH space.
尽管这里分为两个步骤S405和S406来描述接收随机接入和发送随机接入响应,在一些实施例中,步骤S405和S406也可以整体上被称为随机接入过程。Although here is divided into two steps S405 and S406 to describe receiving random access and sending random access response, in some embodiments, steps S405 and S406 may also be collectively referred to as a random access process.
最后,在步骤S407中,电子设备可以利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源,从成功检测到RAR的终端设备接收切换完成信令,自此完成小区切换。Finally, in step S407, the electronic device can use the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR to receive the handover completion signaling from the terminal device that successfully detects the RAR, and then complete the cell handover.
此外,根据该实施例,终端设备组的小区切换请求可以由终端设备组中的一个或多个终端设备的测量报告触发,例如可以通过RSRP测量报告触发。In addition, according to this embodiment, the cell handover request of the terminal device group may be triggered by a measurement report of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group, for example, it may be triggered by an RSRP measurement report.
现有NR/LTE系统中定义了多种测量事件,当满足测量事件条件时会触发测量上报,原小区中的电子设备根据测量上报决定是否进行小区切换。作为示例,NR/LTE系统中定义的测量事件A3指的是相邻小区的RSRP高于本小区RSRP超过特定阈值(例如,可以为3dB或6dB)。A variety of measurement events are defined in the existing NR/LTE system. When the measurement event conditions are met, a measurement report is triggered, and the electronic equipment in the original cell decides whether to perform cell handover according to the measurement report. As an example, the measurement event A3 defined in the NR/LTE system means that the RSRP of the neighboring cell is higher than the RSRP of the current cell and exceeds a certain threshold (for example, it can be 3dB or 6dB).
然而,需要注意的是,测量上报通常在测量事件触发后经过一段时间(例如,200ms)之后才进行。此外,无线电协议栈通常具有三层:层1、层2和层3。其中,层1(L1) 是最低层并实现各种物理层信号处理以提供信号的透明传输功能;层2(L2层)在物理层之上并且负责终端设备与电子设备之间在物理层之上的链路;层3(L3层)负责获得无线电资源(即,无线电承载)以及负责使用电子设备与终端设备之间的RRC信令来配置各下层。用户通常使用L3 RSRP触发测量事件,L3 RSRP由L1 RSRP进行滤波后得到,虽然更为准确但存在一定延时。However, it should be noted that the measurement report is usually performed after a period of time (for example, 200 ms) has passed after the measurement event is triggered. In addition, the radio protocol stack usually has three layers: layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3. Among them, layer 1 (L1) is the lowest layer and implements various physical layer signal processing to provide transparent transmission of signals; layer 2 (L2 layer) is above the physical layer and is responsible for the communication between the terminal device and the electronic device. The upper link; Layer 3 (L3 layer) is responsible for obtaining radio resources (ie, radio bearers) and for configuring the lower layers using RRC signaling between the electronic device and the terminal device. Users usually use L3 RSRP to trigger measurement events. L3 RSRP is obtained after filtering by L1 RSRP. Although it is more accurate, there is a certain delay.
图8A示意性地示出了终端设备的原小区和目标小区的参考信号接收功率RSRP随时间的变化。在高速列车移动过程中,由于列车上的终端设备距原小区的距离越来越远,距目标小区的距离则越来越近,因此如图8A所示,原小区的L3 RSRP(如虚线所指示的)随时间不断降低,而目标小区的L3 RSRP(如实线所指示的)随时间不断增加。FIG. 8A schematically shows the change over time of the reference signal received power RSRP of the original cell and the target cell of the terminal device. During the movement of the high-speed train, the terminal equipment on the train is getting farther and farther from the original cell, and the distance from the target cell is getting closer. Therefore, as shown in Figure 8A, the L3 RSRP of the original cell (as shown by the dashed line) The indicated) keeps decreasing with time, and the L3 RSRP (as indicated by the solid line) of the target cell keeps increasing with time.
在传统方案中,当终端设备的目标小区L3 RSRP超过原小区L3 RSRP阈值τ时,可以触发测量事件,经过触发时间TTT以及原小区和目标小区的切换准备时间后,原小区才向终端设备发送切换命令。由于高速列车上的终端设备移动速度较快,此时终端设备的原小区L3 RSRP可能已降低到无法正确接收切换命令的程度,进而导致小区切换失败。In the traditional solution, when the target cell L3 RSRP of the terminal device exceeds the original cell L3 RSRP threshold τ, the measurement event can be triggered. After the trigger time TTT and the handover preparation time between the original cell and the target cell, the original cell sends the message to the terminal device. Switch command. Since the terminal equipment on the high-speed train moves faster, the original cell L3 RSRP of the terminal equipment at this time may have been reduced to the extent that it cannot receive the handover command correctly, which will cause the cell handover to fail.
为解决该问题,本公开提出基于预测的小区切换方案。在该实施例中,当终端设备在目标小区中预测的RSRP超过在其原小区中预测的RSRP达预定阈值时,可以触发终端设备组的小区切换请求。To solve this problem, the present disclosure proposes a cell handover scheme based on prediction. In this embodiment, when the RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in its original cell by a predetermined threshold, a cell handover request of the terminal device group can be triggered.
如图8B所示,可以利用当前测量的RSRP、RSRP变化斜率和提前时间计算出终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的预测的L3 RSRP。具体地,L3 RSRP的预测公式如下:As shown in FIG. 8B, the predicted L3 RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell can be calculated by using the currently measured RSRP, the slope of RSRP change and the advance time. Specifically, the prediction formula of L3 RSRP is as follows:
预测L3 RSRP=当前L3 RSRP+L3 RSRP变化斜率×提前时间Forecast L3 RSRP = current L3 RSRP + L3 RSRP change slope × advance time
其中,L3 RSRP变化的斜率可以利用测量的RSRP历史值拟合估计得到,例如可以利用最近一段时间内的L3 RSRP值使用最小二乘法等算法进行拟合估计得到。提前时间为预测时刻与当前时刻之间的时间差,其可以基于被测量的终端设备的移动速度而被提前进行配置,例如移动速度越快可以配置越多的提前时间。对于高速交通工具上的终端设备来说,由于移动轨迹固定,因此最优的提前时间可以通过长期的学习获得,可以由原小区的终端设备选择使得切换成功率最高的提前时间。另外,对于原小区和目标小区中的RSRP,预测是独立进行的。Among them, the slope of the L3 RSRP change can be estimated by fitting the measured RSRP historical value, for example, it can be obtained by fitting and estimating the L3 RSRP value in the most recent period of time using an algorithm such as the least square method. The advance time is the time difference between the predicted time and the current time, which can be configured in advance based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device. For example, the faster the moving speed, the more advance time can be configured. For terminal equipment on high-speed vehicles, because the moving track is fixed, the optimal lead time can be obtained through long-term learning, and the lead time that makes the handover success rate the highest can be selected by the terminal equipment of the original cell. In addition, for the RSRP in the original cell and the target cell, the prediction is made independently.
如上所述,可以定义一种基于预测的测量事件,例如目标小区预测的L3 RSRP超过原小区预测的L3 RSRP一定阈值τ。利用该基于预测的测量事件,能够提前触发 小区间切换,保证当原小区向终端设备发送切换命令时,终端设备的原小区RSRP仍足够大,从而能够降低切换失败概率。As described above, a measurement event based on prediction can be defined, for example, the L3 RSRP predicted by the target cell exceeds a certain threshold τ predicted by the original cell. Using this prediction-based measurement event can trigger cell handover in advance to ensure that when the original cell sends a handover command to the terminal device, the original cell RSRP of the terminal device is still large enough to reduce the probability of handover failure.
尽管上面仅针对L3 RSRP进行了描述,应当理解,上述基于预测的小区切换方案也适用于采用L1 RSRP或者采用其他参数的情况。此外,请注意,该基于预测的原理也适用于对NR/LTE系统中定义的其他测量事件进行改进。Although the above description is only for L3 RSRP, it should be understood that the above prediction-based cell handover scheme is also applicable to the case of using L1 RSRP or other parameters. In addition, please note that this prediction-based principle is also applicable to improve other measurement events defined in the NR/LTE system.
图9是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的基于分组的小区切换方案的示例性信令流程图。FIG. 9 is an exemplary signaling flowchart schematically showing a packet-based cell handover scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图9所示,在步骤S901中,原小区中服务于用户的电子设备30对用户的终端设备20进行测量控制。然后,在步骤S902中,终端设备20基于电子设备30的控制进行测量,并将测量结果上报给电子设备30。其中,测量可以包括针对终端设备20的RSRP的测量,也可以包括对其他参数的测量。As shown in FIG. 9, in step S901, the electronic device 30 serving the user in the original cell performs measurement control on the terminal device 20 of the user. Then, in step S902, the terminal device 20 performs measurement based on the control of the electronic device 30, and reports the measurement result to the electronic device 30. Among them, the measurement may include the measurement of the RSRP of the terminal device 20, and may also include the measurement of other parameters.
接下来,在步骤S903中,电子设备30基于定义的基于预测的小区切换条件,判定是否进行终端设备组的小区切换。例如,当终端设备组内一个或多个终端设备的测量报告满足小区切换条件时,可以判定进行终端设备组的小区切换。Next, in step S903, the electronic device 30 determines whether to perform the cell handover of the terminal device group based on the defined cell handover condition based on prediction. For example, when the measurement report of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group meets the cell handover condition, it may be determined to perform the cell handover of the terminal device group.
当电子设备30作出进行终端设备组的小区切换决策时,在步骤S904中,电子设备30向要切换到的目标小区中的将服务于终端设备20的电子设备10发送终端设备组的小区切换请求,以初始化终端设备组的小区切换。其中,终端设备组的小区切换请求可以包含终端设备组共有信息和终端设备特有信息,终端设备特有信息可以包含每个终端设备在原小区中的TA值。When the electronic device 30 makes a cell switching decision of the terminal device group, in step S904, the electronic device 30 sends a cell switching request of the terminal device group to the electronic device 10 that will serve the terminal device 20 in the target cell to be switched to , To initialize the cell handover of the terminal equipment group. Wherein, the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include terminal device group common information and terminal device specific information, and the terminal device specific information may include the TA value of each terminal device in the original cell.
接下来,在步骤S905中,目标小区的电子设备10进行许可控制,以许可或者拒绝该终端设备组的小区切换请求。在许可终端设备组的小区切换请求的情况下,电子设备10从该终端设备组中选择一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,并为其预留非竞争的随机接入资源。Next, in step S905, the electronic device 10 of the target cell performs admission control to allow or reject the cell handover request of the terminal device group. When the cell handover request of the terminal device group is permitted, the electronic device 10 selects a terminal device from the terminal device group as the representative terminal device, and reserves non-competitive random access resources for it.
接下来,在步骤S906中,目标小区中的电子设备10向原小区中的电子设备30发送终端设备组的小区切换答复。其中,终端设备组的小区切换答复可以包含终端设备组共有信息和终端设备特有信息,终端设备特有信息可以包含准许小区切换的一个或多个终端设备的ID、所选择的代表终端设备的ID以及为该代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。Next, in step S906, the electronic device 10 in the target cell sends a cell handover response of the terminal device group to the electronic device 30 in the original cell. Among them, the cell handover response of the terminal equipment group may include terminal equipment group common information and terminal equipment specific information, and the terminal equipment specific information may include the ID of one or more terminal equipment that permits the cell handover, the ID of the selected representative terminal equipment, and Configuration information of the non-competitive random access resource reserved for the representative terminal device.
接下来,在步骤S907中,原小区的电子设备30生成针对每个终端设备的切换命令,并且在步骤S908中,向准许小区切换的终端设备发送切换命令。其中,切换命 令中可以包含随机接入指示符,例如,对于代表终端设备,随机接入指示符为1,而对于非代表终端设备,随机接入指示符为0。此外,对于代表终端设备,切换命令中还可以包含目标小区为其预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。Next, in step S907, the electronic device 30 of the original cell generates a handover command for each terminal device, and in step S908, sends the handover command to the terminal device that is permitted to switch the cell. Wherein, the handover command may include a random access indicator, for example, for a representative terminal device, the random access indicator is 1, and for a non-representative terminal device, the random access indicator is 0. In addition, for the representative terminal device, the handover command may also include the configuration information of the non-contention random access resource reserved for the target cell.
接下来,在步骤S909中,接收到切换命令的终端设备切断与原小区的连接,并且对目标小区进行下行同步。随后,在步骤S910中,代表终端设备利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向目标小区进行随机接入。目标小区中的电子设备10获得代表终端设备的最优下行发送波束和TA值,并进一步计算终端设备组内非代表终端设备的TA值。Next, in step S909, the terminal device that has received the handover command cuts off the connection with the original cell, and performs downlink synchronization on the target cell. Subsequently, in step S910, the representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to perform random access to the target cell. The electronic device 10 in the target cell obtains the optimal downlink transmission beam and TA value representing the terminal device, and further calculates the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the terminal device group.
接下来,在步骤S911中,目标小区的电子设备10向终端设备组内所有终端设备发送RAR。其中,对于代表终端设备,可以采用现有标准中的方法来发送RAR,对于非代表终端设备,可以使用C-RNTI对RAR进行加扰后发送。其中,非代表终端设备在下行同步后便持续检测RAR。Next, in step S911, the electronic device 10 of the target cell sends an RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group. Among them, for the representative terminal device, the method in the existing standard can be used to send the RAR, and for the non-representative terminal device, the RAR can be sent after being scrambled by the C-RNTI. Among them, the non-representative terminal device continues to detect RAR after downlink synchronization.
最后,在步骤S912中,成功检测到RAR的终端设备利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源向目标小区中的电子设备10发送切换完成信令,自此完成小区切换。Finally, in step S912, the terminal device that successfully detects the RAR uses the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR to send the handover completion signaling to the electronic device 10 in the target cell, and the cell handover is completed since then.
应理解,这里仅示出了根据本公开的实施例的分组的小区切换的具体示例中的主要信令流程,根据本公开的分组的小区切换自然还包括为完成小区切换所需的其他辅助信令。根据如上所述的小区切换的原理和信令流程,完成根据本公开的实施例的分组的小区切换。It should be understood that only the main signaling flow in the specific example of the grouped cell handover according to the embodiment of the present disclosure is shown here, and the grouped cell handover according to the present disclosure naturally also includes other auxiliary information required to complete the cell handover. make. According to the principle of cell handover and the signaling process as described above, the grouped cell handover according to the embodiment of the present disclosure is completed.
以上已经参考图4-图9说明了根据本公开的示例性实施例的基于分组的小区切换和基于预测的小区切换技术。根据如上所述的基于分组的小区切换,可以对高速交通工具上的用户以组为单位同时进行小区切换,加快了切换速度,在每个分组内仅选择一个代表用户进行随机接入,从而显著降低了资源开销,并且降低了大量用户同时进行小区切换时发生随机接入冲突的概率,进而降低切换时延。另外,根据如上所述的基于预测的小区切换,还能够基于预测提前触发小区切换,从而有效降低切换失败概率。请注意,上述基于分组的小区切换和基于预测的小区切换技术可以分开使用也可以结合使用。The packet-based cell handover and prediction-based cell handover technologies according to exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure have been explained above with reference to FIGS. 4-9. According to the group-based cell handover as described above, it is possible to perform cell handover for users on high-speed vehicles at the same time as a group, which speeds up the handover. Only one representative user in each group is selected for random access, which is significant The resource overhead is reduced, and the probability of random access conflicts when a large number of users perform cell handover at the same time is reduced, thereby reducing the handover delay. In addition, according to the prediction-based cell handover as described above, the cell handover can also be triggered in advance based on prediction, thereby effectively reducing the probability of handover failure. Please note that the aforementioned packet-based cell handover and prediction-based cell handover techniques can be used separately or in combination.
另外,在无线通信过程中,用户的终端设备的初始接入过程需要使基站(也即,电子设备)获取针对各个用户的最优下行发送波束,这是通过下行同步信号块SSB和上行前导序列之间固定的映射关系确定的,其中每个SSB对应于一个下行发送波束。具体而言,基站周期性的发送下行同步信号块SSB,用户检测RSRP最大的SSB,并 通过下行SSB和上行前导序列之间的对应关系,确定上行随机接入过程中采用的前导序列。随后,用户发送该前导序列进行随机接入,基站通过检测用户所采用的前导序列,便可获取RSRP最大的SSB,从而确定最优下行发送波束。In addition, in the wireless communication process, the initial access process of the user's terminal equipment requires the base station (ie, electronic device) to obtain the optimal downlink transmission beam for each user, which is achieved through the downlink synchronization signal block SSB and the uplink preamble sequence. The fixed mapping relationship is determined, where each SSB corresponds to a downlink transmit beam. Specifically, the base station periodically sends the downlink synchronization signal block SSB, the user detects the SSB with the largest RSRP, and determines the preamble sequence used in the uplink random access process through the correspondence between the downlink SSB and the uplink preamble sequence. Subsequently, the user sends the preamble sequence for random access, and the base station can obtain the SSB with the largest RSRP by detecting the preamble sequence used by the user, thereby determining the optimal downlink transmission beam.
在非竞争的随机接入场景下,前导序列资源是预留给用户的。可以看出,SSB越多,需要预留的前导序列资源也就越多,造成了较大的资源开销。为了进一步降低小区切换过程中的资源开销,本发明提出可以只预留与部分SSB对应的前导序列。在该实施例中,可以仅为代表终端设备预留与基站的用于发送下行SSB的下行发送波束中的一部分下行发送波束对应的前导序列资源。In a non-competitive random access scenario, preamble sequence resources are reserved for users. It can be seen that the more SSBs, the more preamble sequence resources that need to be reserved, resulting in greater resource overhead. In order to further reduce the resource overhead in the cell handover process, the present invention proposes that only the preamble sequence corresponding to a part of the SSB can be reserved. In this embodiment, the preamble sequence resources corresponding to a part of the downlink transmission beams of the base station for transmitting the downlink SSB may be reserved only for the representative terminal equipment.
这是因为,对于高速列车上的用户来说,由于其移动轨迹固定,因此小区间切换通常发生在一段相对固定的区域内,例如如图10所示的切换区域。该切换区域对应的基站下行发送波束是所有可能下行发送波束的一个子集,如图10中用黑色部分标出的下行发送波束所示。这一下行发送波束子集是小区切换过程中常用的,因此基站可以仅配置这一下行发送波束子集对应的前导序列资源。在一些实施例中,切换区域对应的基站下行发送波束子集可以通过长期学习高速列车上的用户接入到小区时的最优下行发送波束来获得。This is because for users on high-speed trains, because their moving trajectories are fixed, inter-cell handover usually occurs in a relatively fixed area, such as the handover area shown in FIG. 10. The downlink transmission beam of the base station corresponding to the handover area is a subset of all possible downlink transmission beams, as shown by the downlink transmission beams marked in black in FIG. 10. This subset of downlink transmission beams is commonly used in the cell handover process, so the base station can only configure the preamble sequence resources corresponding to this subset of downlink transmission beams. In some embodiments, the downlink transmission beam subset of the base station corresponding to the handover area may be obtained by long-term learning of the optimal downlink transmission beam when users on high-speed trains access the cell.
另外,尽管上述描述仅分开地描述了目标小区的电子设备10与原小区的电子设备30,但是应当理解,目标小区的电子设备10与原小区的电子设备30也可以互换地使用,并且针对二者所描述的功能可以集成在同一电子设备中。In addition, although the above description only separately describes the electronic device 10 of the target cell and the electronic device 30 of the original cell, it should be understood that the electronic device 10 of the target cell and the electronic device 30 of the original cell can also be used interchangeably, and are aimed at The functions described by the two can be integrated in the same electronic device.
<3.2.终端设备的结构配置和操作><3.2. Configuration and operation of terminal equipment>
以下将参照附图描述本公开的终端设备。应指出,此处描述的一些术语可具有与上文所述相似的含义。图11是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的终端设备的示例结构的框图。如图11所示,终端设备20包括处理电路200、存储器201和通信单元202。Hereinafter, the terminal device of the present disclosure will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that some terms described herein may have similar meanings as described above. FIG. 11 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 11, the terminal device 20 includes a processing circuit 200, a memory 201, and a communication unit 202.
根据该实施例,处理电路200可以被配置为触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括该终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。进一步地,处理电路200可以被配置为当终端设备沿特定轨迹移动且移动速度大于特定阈值,并且测量报告满足小区切换条件时,触发电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 200 may be configured to trigger the electronic device on the control side of the wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send a cell handover request for the terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the cell handover of the corresponding terminal device group. In reply, the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device to switch from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit. Further, the processing circuit 200 may be configured to trigger the electronic device to send a cell switching request of the terminal device group when the terminal device moves along a specific track and the moving speed is greater than a specific threshold, and the measurement report meets the cell switching condition.
在终端设备20的结构示例中,处理电路200可以是通用处理器的形式,也可以是专用处理电路,例如ASIC。例如,处理电路200能够由电路(硬件)或中央处理设备(诸如,中央处理单元(CPU))构造。此外,处理电路200上可以承载用于使电路(硬件)或中央处理设备工作的程序(软件)。该程序能够存储在存储器201(诸如,布置在存储器中)或从外面连接的外部存储介质中,以及经由网络(诸如,互联网)下载。In the structural example of the terminal device 20, the processing circuit 200 may be in the form of a general-purpose processor, or may be a dedicated processing circuit, such as an ASIC. For example, the processing circuit 200 can be constructed by a circuit (hardware) or a central processing device (such as a central processing unit (CPU)). In addition, the processing circuit 200 may carry a program (software) for operating the circuit (hardware) or the central processing device. The program can be stored in the storage 201 (such as arranged in the storage) or an external storage medium connected from the outside, and downloaded via a network (such as the Internet).
根据该实施例,处理电路200可以包括接收单元2001,其可以被配置为从原小区的电子设备接收测量控制命令。另外,根据该实施例,接收单元2001还可以被配置为从原小区的电子设备接收切换命令。另外,根据该实施例,接收单元2001还可以被配置为从目标小区的电子设备接收随机接入响应RAR。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 200 may include a receiving unit 2001, which may be configured to receive a measurement control command from an electronic device in the original cell. In addition, according to this embodiment, the receiving unit 2001 may also be configured to receive a handover command from the electronic device of the original cell. In addition, according to this embodiment, the receiving unit 2001 may also be configured to receive the random access response RAR from the electronic device of the target cell.
根据该实施例,处理电路200还可以包括测量单元2002,其可以被配置为响应于测量控制命令对终端设备进行测量,例如可以对L1 RSRP或L3 RSRP进行测量。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 200 may further include a measurement unit 2002, which may be configured to measure the terminal device in response to a measurement control command, for example, may measure L1 RSRP or L3 RSRP.
根据该实施例,处理电路200还可以包括发送单元2003,其被配置为向原小区的电子设备发送测量报告,以向其报告测量结果。另外,根据该实施例,发送单元2003还可以被配置为当终端设备为代表终端设备时,利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向目标小区的电子设备发送前导序列,从而接入目标小区中的电子设备。另外,在一些实施例中,发送单元2003还可以被配置为当终端设备成功检测到RAR时,利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源,向终端设备在目标小区中要接入的电子设备发送切换完成信令。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 200 may further include a sending unit 2003, which is configured to send a measurement report to the electronic device of the original cell to report the measurement result thereto. In addition, according to this embodiment, the sending unit 2003 may also be configured to use the reserved non-competitive random access resources to send the preamble sequence to the electronic device of the target cell when the terminal device is the representative terminal device, so as to access the target cell. Electronic equipment. In addition, in some embodiments, the sending unit 2003 may also be configured to, when the terminal device successfully detects the RAR, use the uplink transmission resources indicated in the RAR to send the handover complete to the electronic device to be accessed by the terminal device in the target cell. Signaling.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以根据其信号空间特征和小区切换历史,被电子设备分组。在一些实施例中,信号空间特征可以通过电子设备基于终端设备发送的上行参考信号估计出,小区切换历史可以由电子设备从移动管理单元查询得到。进一步地,在一些实施例中,具有相同或相似的信号空间特征的终端设备可以被分为一组。在一些实施例中,终端设备组可以包括一个代表终端设备和一个或多个非代表终端设备。In some embodiments, terminal devices can be grouped by electronic devices according to their signal spatial characteristics and cell switching history. In some embodiments, the signal spatial characteristics can be estimated by the electronic device based on the uplink reference signal sent by the terminal device, and the cell handover history can be obtained by the electronic device from the mobility management unit. Further, in some embodiments, terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics may be grouped into a group. In some embodiments, the terminal device group may include one representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
另外,处理电路200还可以包括同步单元2004,其可以被配置为响应于切换命令,切断与原小区的连接,并且对目标小区进行下行同步。In addition, the processing circuit 200 may further include a synchronization unit 2004, which may be configured to cut off the connection with the original cell in response to the handover command, and perform downlink synchronization on the target cell.
另外,根据该实施例,处理电路200可以包括检测单元2005,其可以被配置为检测随机接入响应RAR。根据该实施例,当终端设备为非代表终端设备时,在完成下行同步后,检测单元2005持续地检测随机接入响应RAR。In addition, according to this embodiment, the processing circuit 200 may include a detection unit 2005, which may be configured to detect a random access response RAR. According to this embodiment, when the terminal device is a non-representative terminal device, after the downlink synchronization is completed, the detection unit 2005 continuously detects the random access response RAR.
此外,可选地,终端设备20还可以包括图中以虚线示出的存储器201以及通信 单元202。此外,终端设备20还可以包括未示出的其它部件,诸如射频链路、基带处理单元、网络接口、处理器、控制器等。处理电路200可以与存储器201和/或通信单元202关联。例如,处理电路200可以直接或间接(例如,中间可能连接有其它部件)连接到存储器201,以进行数据的存取。还例如,处理电路200可以直接或间接连接到通信单元202,以经由通信单元202发送无线电信号以及经由通信单元202接收无线电信号。In addition, optionally, the terminal device 20 may further include a memory 201 and a communication unit 202 shown in dashed lines in the figure. In addition, the terminal device 20 may also include other components not shown, such as a radio frequency link, a baseband processing unit, a network interface, a processor, a controller, and so on. The processing circuit 200 may be associated with the memory 201 and/or the communication unit 202. For example, the processing circuit 200 may be directly or indirectly connected to the memory 201 (for example, other components may be connected in between) to access data. For another example, the processing circuit 200 may be directly or indirectly connected to the communication unit 202 to transmit radio signals via the communication unit 202 and receive radio signals via the communication unit 202.
存储器201可以存储由处理电路200产生的各种信息(例如,测量结果、切换完成信令等)、用于终端设备20操作的程序和数据、将由通信单元202发送的数据等。存储器201用虚线绘出,因为它还可以位于处理电路200内或者位于终端设备20外。存储器201可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。例如,存储器201可以包括但不限于随机存储存储器(RAM)、动态随机存储存储器(DRAM)、静态随机存取存储器(SRAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、闪存存储器。The memory 201 may store various information (for example, measurement results, handover completion signaling, etc.) generated by the processing circuit 200, programs and data for operation of the terminal device 20, data to be transmitted by the communication unit 202, and the like. The memory 201 is drawn with a dashed line because it can also be located in the processing circuit 200 or located outside the terminal device 20. The memory 201 may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory. For example, the memory 201 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), read only memory (ROM), flash memory.
通信单元202可以被配置为在处理电路200的控制下与电子设备进行通信。在一个示例中,通信单元202可以被实现为发射机或收发机,包括天线阵列和/或射频链路等通信部件。在一个实施例中,该通信单元202可以将处理电路200获取的至少一个终端设备的测量结果发送至电子设备。在一个实施例中,通信单元202也可发送和接收用于根据本公开的实施例中所描述的过程所需的信令。The communication unit 202 may be configured to communicate with an electronic device under the control of the processing circuit 200. In an example, the communication unit 202 may be implemented as a transmitter or transceiver, including communication components such as an antenna array and/or a radio frequency link. In an embodiment, the communication unit 202 may send the measurement result of at least one terminal device obtained by the processing circuit 200 to the electronic device. In an embodiment, the communication unit 202 may also send and receive signaling required for the procedures described in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
虽然图11中示出了处理电路200与通信单元202分离,但是处理电路200也可以被实现为包括通信单元202。此外,处理电路200还可以被实现为包括终端设备20中的一个或多个其它部件,或者处理电路200可以被实现为终端设备20本身。在实际实现时,处理电路200可以被实现为芯片(诸如包括单个晶片的集成电路模块)、硬件部件或完整的产品。Although it is shown in FIG. 11 that the processing circuit 200 is separated from the communication unit 202, the processing circuit 200 may also be implemented to include the communication unit 202. In addition, the processing circuit 200 may also be implemented to include one or more other components in the terminal device 20, or the processing circuit 200 may be implemented as the terminal device 20 itself. In actual implementation, the processing circuit 200 may be implemented as a chip (such as an integrated circuit module including a single wafer), a hardware component, or a complete product.
应注意,上述各个单元仅是根据其所实现的具体功能划分的逻辑模块,而不是用于限制具体的实现方式,例如可以以软件、硬件或者软硬件结合的方式来实现。在实际实现时,上述各个单元可被实现为独立的物理实体,或者也可由单个实体(例如,处理器(CPU或DSP等)、集成电路等)来实现。此外,上述各个单元在附图中用虚线示出指示这些单元可以并不实际存在,而它们所实现的操作/功能可由处理电路本身来实现。It should be noted that the above-mentioned units are only logical modules divided according to the specific functions they implement, and are not used to limit specific implementation manners. For example, they may be implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. In actual implementation, each of the above-mentioned units may be implemented as an independent physical entity, or may also be implemented by a single entity (for example, a processor (CPU or DSP, etc.), an integrated circuit, etc.). In addition, the above-mentioned various units are shown with dotted lines in the drawings to indicate that these units may not actually exist, and the operations/functions they implement can be implemented by the processing circuit itself.
图12是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的终端设备的操作的流程图。FIG. 12 is a flowchart schematically showing the operation of the terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图12所示,在步骤S1201中,终端设备从原小区的电子设备接收测量控制命 令。接下来,在步骤S1202中,终端设备响应于测量控制命令进行测量,并向电子设备发送测量报告。As shown in Fig. 12, in step S1201, the terminal device receives a measurement control command from the electronic device of the original cell. Next, in step S1202, the terminal device performs measurement in response to the measurement control command, and sends a measurement report to the electronic device.
在一些实施例中,当终端设备沿特定轨迹移动且移动速度大于特定阈值,并且测量报告满足小区切换条件时,触发电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。In some embodiments, when the terminal device moves along a specific trajectory and the moving speed is greater than a specific threshold, and the measurement report meets the cell handover condition, the electronic device is triggered to send the cell handover request of the terminal device group and receive the cell handover of the corresponding terminal device group In reply, the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device to switch from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据其信号空间特征和小区切换历史,被电子设备分组。在一些实施例中,信号空间特征是通过电子设备基于终端设备发送的上行参考信号估计出的。在一些实施例中,小区切换历史是由电子设备从移动管理单元查询得到的。在一些实施例中,具有相同或相似的信号空间特征的终端设备被分为一组。在一些实施例中,终端设备组包括一个代表终端设备和一个或多个非代表终端设备。In some embodiments, terminal devices are grouped by electronic devices according to their signal spatial characteristics and cell switching history. In some embodiments, the signal spatial characteristics are estimated by the electronic device based on the uplink reference signal sent by the terminal device. In some embodiments, the cell handover history is obtained by the electronic device inquiring from the mobility management unit. In some embodiments, terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics are grouped together. In some embodiments, the terminal device group includes one representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
接下来,在步骤S1203中,终端设备从电子设备接收切换命令。然后,在步骤S1204中,响应于切换命令,终端设备切断与原小区的连接,并且对目标小区进行下行同步。Next, in step S1203, the terminal device receives a switching command from the electronic device. Then, in step S1204, in response to the handover command, the terminal device cuts off the connection with the original cell, and performs downlink synchronization on the target cell.
接下来,在步骤S1205中,终端设备组随机接入目标小区。在一些实施例中,当终端设备为代表终端设备时,其利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源随机接入目标小区中的电子设备,并且从目标小区中的电子设备接收随机接入响应RAR。在一些实施例中,当终端设备为代表终端设备时,其利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向目标小区中的电子设备发送前导序列,从而接入目标小区中的电子设备,非代表终端设备利用基于前导序列确定的最优下行发送波束也可以接入目标小区中的电子设备。在一些实施例中,当终端设备为非代表终端设备时,其在完成下行同步后,持续地检测随机接入响应RAR。Next, in step S1205, the terminal device group randomly accesses the target cell. In some embodiments, when the terminal device is a representative terminal device, it uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell, and receives a random access response RAR from the electronic device in the target cell . In some embodiments, when the terminal device is the representative terminal device, it uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to send the preamble sequence to the electronic device in the target cell, thereby accessing the electronic device in the target cell, and the non-representative terminal The device can also access the electronic device in the target cell by using the optimal downlink transmission beam determined based on the preamble sequence. In some embodiments, when the terminal device is a non-representative terminal device, it continuously detects the random access response RAR after completing the downlink synchronization.
最后,在步骤S1206中,当终端设备成功检测到RAR时,利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源,向终端设备在目标小区中要接入的电子设备发送切换完成信令。Finally, in step S1206, when the terminal device successfully detects the RAR, the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR is used to send the handover completion signaling to the electronic device to be accessed by the terminal device in the target cell.
<3.3.原小区的电子设备的结构配置和操作><3.3. Structural configuration and operation of electronic equipment in the original cell>
以下将参照附图描述本公开的原小区的电子设备。应指出,此处描述的一些术语可具有与上文所述相似的含义。图13是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的另一电子设备的示例结构的框图。如图13所示,电子设备30包括处理电路300、存储器301和通信单元302。The electronic equipment of the original cell of the present disclosure will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that some terms described herein may have similar meanings as described above. FIG. 13 is a block diagram schematically showing an example structure of another electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 13, the electronic device 30 includes a processing circuit 300, a memory 301, and a communication unit 302.
根据该实施例,处理电路300可以被配置为向目标小区中的电子设备发送终端设 备组的小区切换请求并从目标小区中的电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从原小区切换到目标小区。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 300 may be configured to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group to the electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the electronic device in the target cell, so that the terminal device group is As a representative terminal device, one terminal device of the group is handed over from the original cell to the target cell in a group.
在上述电子设备30的结构示例中,处理电路300可以是通用处理器的形式,也可以是专用处理电路,例如ASIC。例如,处理电路300能够由电路(硬件)或中央处理设备(诸如,中央处理单元(CPU))构造。此外,处理电路300上可以承载用于使电路(硬件)或中央处理设备工作的程序(软件)。该程序能够存储在存储器301(诸如,布置在存储器中)或从外面连接的外部存储介质中,以及经由网络(诸如,互联网)下载。In the above structural example of the electronic device 30, the processing circuit 300 may be in the form of a general-purpose processor, or may be a special-purpose processing circuit, such as an ASIC. For example, the processing circuit 300 can be constructed by a circuit (hardware) or a central processing device (such as a central processing unit (CPU)). In addition, the processing circuit 300 may carry a program (software) for operating the circuit (hardware) or the central processing device. The program can be stored in the storage 301 (such as arranged in a storage) or an external storage medium connected from the outside, and downloaded via a network (such as the Internet).
根据该实施例,处理电路300可以包括发送单元3001,其可以被配置为向目标小区中的电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。根据该实施例,发送单元3001还可以被配置为当终端设备的测量报告满足小区切换条件时,向服务于目标小区的电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。在一些实施例中,终端设备组的小区切换请求可以包括电子设备30向目标小区的电子设备推荐的代表终端设备ID。根据该实施例,发送单元3001还可以被配置为向移动管理单元发送小区切换历史查询命令。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 300 may include a sending unit 3001, which may be configured to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group to the electronic device in the target cell. According to this embodiment, the sending unit 3001 may also be configured to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group to the electronic device serving the target cell when the measurement report of the terminal device meets the cell handover condition. In some embodiments, the cell handover request of the terminal device group may include the representative terminal device ID recommended by the electronic device 30 to the electronic device of the target cell. According to this embodiment, the sending unit 3001 may also be configured to send a cell handover history query command to the mobility management unit.
根据该实施例,处理电路300还可以包括接收单元3002,其可以被配置为从目标小区的电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复。在一些实施例中,接收单元3002还可以被配置为从终端设备组中的一个或多个终端设备接收测量报告。在一些实施例中,接收单元3002还可以被配置为从移动管理单元接收终端设备的小区切换历史。在一些实施例中,接收单元3002还可以被配置为从终端设备接收上行参考信号。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 300 may further include a receiving unit 3002, which may be configured to receive the cell handover reply of the terminal device group from the electronic device of the target cell. In some embodiments, the receiving unit 3002 may also be configured to receive measurement reports from one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group. In some embodiments, the receiving unit 3002 may also be configured to receive the cell handover history of the terminal device from the mobility management unit. In some embodiments, the receiving unit 3002 may also be configured to receive an uplink reference signal from a terminal device.
根据该实施例,处理电路300还可以包括分组单元3003,其可以被配置为将电子设备30所服务于的终端设备分组为一个或多个终端设备组,其中每个终端设备组包括一个代表终端设备和一个或多个非代表终端设备。在一些实施例中,分组单元3003还可以被配置为根据终端设备的信号空间特征和小区切换历史,对终端设备进行分组。在一些实施例中,分组单元3003还可以被配置为当终端设备原先未被分组时,通过对信号空间特征进行聚类,将具有相同或相似的信号空间特征的终端设备分为一组;以及当终端设备原先已被分组时,通过去除原终端设备组中与组内其他终端设备的信号空间特征差异较大的终端设备,并且添加与组内终端设备的信号空间特征相近的新的终端设备,得到新的终端设备组。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 300 may further include a grouping unit 3003, which may be configured to group the terminal devices served by the electronic device 30 into one or more terminal device groups, wherein each terminal device group includes a representative terminal. Device and one or more non-representative terminal devices. In some embodiments, the grouping unit 3003 may also be configured to group the terminal devices according to the signal space characteristics of the terminal devices and the cell switching history. In some embodiments, the grouping unit 3003 may also be configured to group terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics by clustering the signal spatial characteristics when the terminal devices are not originally grouped; and When the terminal devices have been grouped in the original group, by removing the terminal devices in the original terminal device group that are significantly different from the other terminal devices in the group, and adding new terminal devices that are similar to the signal space characteristics of the terminal devices in the group , Get a new terminal equipment group.
根据该实施例,处理电路300还可以包括估计单元3004,其可以被配置为基于接 收单元3002所接收的上行参考信号,估计终端设备的信号空间特征。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 300 may further include an estimation unit 3004, which may be configured to estimate the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal device based on the uplink reference signal received by the receiving unit 3002.
根据该实施例,处理电路300还可以包括选择单元3005,其可以被配置为根据终端设备的特征选择代表终端设备。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 300 may further include a selection unit 3005, which may be configured to select a representative terminal device according to the characteristics of the terminal device.
根据该实施例,发送单元3001还可以被配置为响应于终端设备组的小区切换答复,向终端设备组发送切换命令。在一些实施例中,切换命令包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。在一些实施例中,发送单元3001还可以被配置为当终端设备在目标小区中预测的参考信号接收功率RSRP超过在原小区中预测的RSRP达预定阈值时,向服务于目标小区的电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。According to this embodiment, the sending unit 3001 may also be configured to send a handover command to the terminal device group in response to the cell handover reply of the terminal device group. In some embodiments, the handover command includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the target cell. In some embodiments, the sending unit 3001 may be further configured to send the terminal device to the electronic device serving the target cell when the RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in the original cell by a predetermined threshold. The cell handover request of the device group.
根据该实施例,处理电路300还可以计算单元3006,其可以被配置为利用当前测量的RSRP、RSRP变化斜率和提前时间,计算终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的预测的RSRP。在一些实施例中,估计单元3004还可以被配置为利用测量的RSRP历史值,拟合估计RSRP变化斜率。在一些实施例中,提前时间可以基于被测量的终端设备的移动速度被配置。According to this embodiment, the processing circuit 300 may also have a calculation unit 3006, which may be configured to use the currently measured RSRP, RSRP change slope and lead time to calculate the predicted RSRP of the terminal device in the original cell and the target cell. In some embodiments, the estimation unit 3004 may also be configured to use the measured historical RSRP value to fit the estimated RSRP change slope. In some embodiments, the lead time may be configured based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
此外,可选地,电子设备30还可以包括图中以虚线示出的存储器301以及通信单元302。此外,电子设备30还可以包括未示出的其它部件,诸如射频链路、基带处理单元、网络接口、处理器、控制器等。处理电路300可以与存储器301和/或通信单元302关联。例如,处理电路300可以直接或间接(例如,中间可能连接有其它部件)连接到存储器301,以进行数据的存取。还例如,处理电路300可以直接或间接连接到通信单元302,以经由通信单元302发送无线电信号以及经由通信单元302接收无线电信号。In addition, optionally, the electronic device 30 may further include a memory 301 and a communication unit 302 shown in dashed lines in the figure. In addition, the electronic device 30 may also include other components not shown, such as a radio frequency link, a baseband processing unit, a network interface, a processor, a controller, and so on. The processing circuit 300 may be associated with the memory 301 and/or the communication unit 302. For example, the processing circuit 300 may be directly or indirectly (for example, other components may be connected in between) connected to the memory 301 to access data. For another example, the processing circuit 300 may be directly or indirectly connected to the communication unit 302 to transmit radio signals via the communication unit 302 and receive radio signals via the communication unit 302.
存储器301可以存储由处理电路300产生的各种信息(例如,终端设备的分组信息、信号空间特征、选择的代表终端设备ID等)、用于电子设备30操作的程序和数据、将由通信单元302发送的数据等。存储器301用虚线绘出,因为它还可以位于处理电路300内或者位于电子设备30外。存储器301可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。例如,存储器301可以包括但不限于随机存储存储器(RAM)、动态随机存储存储器(DRAM)、静态随机存取存储器(SRAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、闪存存储器。The memory 301 can store various information generated by the processing circuit 300 (for example, terminal device grouping information, signal spatial characteristics, selected representative terminal device IDs, etc.), programs and data used for the operation of the electronic device 30, and will be used by the communication unit 302 Data sent, etc. The memory 301 is drawn with a dashed line because it can also be located inside the processing circuit 300 or outside the electronic device 30. The memory 301 may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory. For example, the memory 301 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), read only memory (ROM), and flash memory.
通信单元302可以被配置为在处理电路300的控制下与电子设备和终端设备进行通信。在一个示例中,通信单元302可以被实现为发射机或收发机,包括天线阵列和 /或射频链路等通信部件。在一个实施例中,该通信单元302可以将在处理电路300中确定的代表终端设备ID发送至无线通信系统中的原小区的电子设备。在一个实施例中,通信单元302也可发送和接收用于根据本公开的实施例中所描述的过程所需的信令。The communication unit 302 may be configured to communicate with electronic devices and terminal devices under the control of the processing circuit 300. In an example, the communication unit 302 may be implemented as a transmitter or transceiver, including communication components such as an antenna array and/or a radio frequency link. In an embodiment, the communication unit 302 may send the representative terminal device ID determined in the processing circuit 300 to the electronic device of the original cell in the wireless communication system. In an embodiment, the communication unit 302 may also send and receive signaling required for the procedures described in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
虽然图13中示出了处理电路300与通信单元302分离,但是处理电路300也可以被实现为包括通信单元302。此外,处理电路300还可以被实现为包括电子设备30中的一个或多个其它部件,或者处理电路300可以被实现为电子设备30本身。在实际实现时,处理电路300可以被实现为芯片(诸如包括单个晶片的集成电路模块)、硬件部件或完整的产品。Although it is shown in FIG. 13 that the processing circuit 300 is separated from the communication unit 302, the processing circuit 300 may also be implemented to include the communication unit 302. In addition, the processing circuit 300 may also be implemented to include one or more other components in the electronic device 30, or the processing circuit 300 may be implemented as the electronic device 30 itself. In actual implementation, the processing circuit 300 may be implemented as a chip (such as an integrated circuit module including a single wafer), a hardware component, or a complete product.
应注意,上述各个单元仅是根据其所实现的具体功能划分的逻辑模块,而不是用于限制具体的实现方式,例如可以以软件、硬件或者软硬件结合的方式来实现。在实际实现时,上述各个单元可被实现为独立的物理实体,或者也可由单个实体(例如,处理器(CPU或DSP等)、集成电路等)来实现。此外,上述各个单元在附图中用虚线示出指示这些单元可以并不实际存在,而它们所实现的操作/功能可由处理电路本身来实现。It should be noted that the above-mentioned units are only logical modules divided according to the specific functions they implement, and are not used to limit specific implementation manners. For example, they may be implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. In actual implementation, each of the above-mentioned units may be implemented as an independent physical entity, or may also be implemented by a single entity (for example, a processor (CPU or DSP, etc.), an integrated circuit, etc.). In addition, the above-mentioned various units are shown with dotted lines in the drawings to indicate that these units may not actually exist, and the operations/functions they implement can be implemented by the processing circuit itself.
图14是示意性地示出了根据本公开的实施例的原小区的电子设备的操作的流程图。FIG. 14 is a flowchart schematically showing the operation of the electronic device of the original cell according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图14所示,在步骤S1401中,电子设备对终端设备进行分组。具体地,电子设备将其所服务于的终端设备分组为一个或多个终端设备组,其中每个终端设备组包括一个代表终端设备和一个或多个非代表终端设备。As shown in FIG. 14, in step S1401, the electronic device groups the terminal devices. Specifically, the electronic device groups the terminal devices it serves into one or more terminal device groups, where each terminal device group includes a representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
在一些实施例中,电子设备可以根据终端设备的信号空间特征和小区切换历史,对终端设备进行分组。在一些实施例中,电子设备向移动管理单元发送小区切换历史查询命令,然后从移动管理单元接收终端设备的小区切换历史。在一些实施例中,电子设备从终端设备接收上行参考信号,然后基于所接收的上行参考信号,估计终端设备的信号空间特征。In some embodiments, the electronic device may group the terminal devices according to the signal space characteristics of the terminal device and the cell switching history. In some embodiments, the electronic device sends a cell handover history query command to the mobility management unit, and then receives the cell handover history of the terminal device from the mobility management unit. In some embodiments, the electronic device receives the uplink reference signal from the terminal device, and then estimates the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal device based on the received uplink reference signal.
在一些实施例中,当终端设备原先未被分组时,电子设备通过对信号空间特征进行聚类,将具有相同或相似的信号空间特征的终端设备分为一组。在另一些实施例中,当终端设备原先已被分组时,电子设备通过去除原终端设备组中与组内其他终端设备的信号空间特征差异较大的终端设备,并且添加与组内终端设备的信号空间特征相近的新的终端设备,得到新的终端设备组。In some embodiments, when the terminal devices are not originally grouped, the electronic device clusters the signal spatial characteristics to group terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics. In other embodiments, when the terminal devices have been grouped originally, the electronic device removes the terminal devices in the original terminal device group that have a large difference in signal space characteristics from other terminal devices in the group, and adds the difference between the terminal devices in the group and the terminal devices in the group. New terminal equipment with similar signal spatial characteristics will get a new terminal equipment group.
接下来,在步骤S1402中,电子设备根据终端设备的特征选择代表终端设备。注意,步骤S1402并不是必须的,代表终端设备也可以不由原小区的电子设备选择,而由目标小区的电子设备来选择。Next, in step S1402, the electronic device selects a representative terminal device according to the characteristics of the terminal device. Note that step S1402 is not necessary, and the representative terminal device may also be selected not by the electronic device of the original cell, but by the electronic device of the target cell.
接下来,在步骤S1403中,电子设备基于从终端设备组中的一个或多个终端设备接收的测量报告,判定测量报告是否满足小区切换条件。当测量报告满足小区切换条件时(步骤S1403为“是”),在步骤S1404中,电子设备向服务于目标小区的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。反之,当测量报告不满足小区切换条件时(步骤S1403为“否”),电子设备返回重新基于新接收的测量报告进行判定。Next, in step S1403, the electronic device determines whether the measurement report satisfies the cell handover condition based on the measurement report received from one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group. When the measurement report satisfies the cell switching condition ("Yes" in step S1403), in step S1404, the electronic device sends a cell switching request of the terminal device group to another electronic device serving the target cell. Conversely, when the measurement report does not meet the cell handover condition ("No" in step S1403), the electronic device returns to make a judgment based on the newly received measurement report.
在一些实施例中,当终端设备在目标小区中预测的参考信号接收功率RSRP超过在原小区中预测的RSRP达预定阈值时,电子设备向服务于目标小区的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。在一些实施例中,电子设备利用当前测量的RSRP、RSRP变化斜率和提前时间,计算终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的预测的RSRP。在一些实施例中,电子设备利用测量报告中的测量的RSRP历史值,拟合估计RSRP变化斜率。在一些实施例中,电子设备基于被测量的终端设备的移动速度来配置提前时间。In some embodiments, when the reference signal received power RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in the original cell by a predetermined threshold, the electronic device transmits the cell of the terminal device group to another electronic device serving the target cell Switch request. In some embodiments, the electronic device uses the currently measured RSRP, the RSRP change slope, and the lead time to calculate the predicted RSRP of the terminal device in the original cell and the target cell. In some embodiments, the electronic device uses the measured RSRP historical value in the measurement report to fit and estimate the RSRP change slope. In some embodiments, the electronic device configures the lead time based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,终端设备组的小区切换请求包括电子设备所选择的代表终端设备ID,也即向目标小区的另一电子设备推荐的代表终端设备ID。In some embodiments, the cell handover request of the terminal device group includes the representative terminal device ID selected by the electronic device, that is, the representative terminal device ID recommended to another electronic device in the target cell.
接下来,在步骤S1405中,电子设备从目标小区的另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复。在电子设备从目标小区的另一电子设备接收到终端设备组的小区切换答复时(步骤S1405为“是”),在步骤S1406中,电子设备向终端设备组发送切换命令,以指示终端设备组进行小区切换。反之,在电子设备未从目标小区的另一电子设备接收到终端设备组的小区切换答复时(步骤S1405为“否”),小区切换结束。Next, in step S1405, the electronic device receives a cell handover response of the terminal device group from another electronic device in the target cell. When the electronic device receives the cell handover response of the terminal device group from another electronic device in the target cell ("Yes" in step S1405), in step S1406, the electronic device sends a handover command to the terminal device group to instruct the terminal device group Perform cell handover. Conversely, when the electronic device does not receive the cell switching response of the terminal device group from another electronic device in the target cell ("No" in step S1405), the cell switching ends.
在一些实施例中,切换命令包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。In some embodiments, the handover command includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal device in the terminal device group in the target cell.
如上所述,已经描述了小区切换的其他具体细节,在此不再重复描述。As mentioned above, other specific details of cell handover have been described, and the description will not be repeated here.
<<4.应用示例>><<4. Application example>>
在本公开中描述了高速列车通信场景的示例,但是应当理解,本公开的应用场景不限于高速列车通信场景。本公开所提出的改进方案可应用于对资源和可靠性有较高要求的任何移动通信应用场景。An example of a high-speed train communication scenario is described in the present disclosure, but it should be understood that the application scenario of the present disclosure is not limited to a high-speed train communication scenario. The improved solution proposed in the present disclosure can be applied to any mobile communication application scenario that has higher requirements on resources and reliability.
应指出,上述描述仅仅是示例性的。本公开的实施例还可以任何其它适当的方式执行,仍可实现本公开的实施例所获得的有利效果。而且,本公开的实施例同样可应用于其它类似的应用实例,仍可实现本公开的实施例所获得的有利效果。It should be noted that the above description is only exemplary. The embodiments of the present disclosure can also be executed in any other suitable manner, and the advantageous effects obtained by the embodiments of the present disclosure can still be achieved. Moreover, the embodiments of the present disclosure can also be applied to other similar application examples, and the advantageous effects obtained by the embodiments of the present disclosure can still be achieved.
应当理解,根据本公开实施例的机器可读存储介质或程序产品中的机器可执行指令可以被配置为执行与上述设备和方法实施例相应的操作。当参考上述设备和方法实施例时,机器可读存储介质或程序产品的实施例对于本领域技术人员而言是明晰的,因此不再重复描述。用于承载或包括上述机器可执行指令的机器可读存储介质和程序产品也落在本公开的范围内。这样的存储介质可以包括但不限于软盘、光盘、磁光盘、存储卡、存储棒等等。It should be understood that the machine-readable storage medium or the machine-executable instructions in the program product according to the embodiments of the present disclosure may be configured to perform operations corresponding to the above-mentioned device and method embodiments. When referring to the above-mentioned device and method embodiments, the embodiment of the machine-readable storage medium or program product is clear to those skilled in the art, so the description will not be repeated. Machine-readable storage media and program products for carrying or including the above-mentioned machine-executable instructions also fall within the scope of the present disclosure. Such storage media may include, but are not limited to, floppy disks, optical disks, magneto-optical disks, memory cards, memory sticks, and so on.
另外,应当理解,上述系列处理和设备也可以通过软件和/或固件实现。在通过软件和/或固件实现的情况下,从存储介质或网络向具有专用硬件结构的计算机,例如图15所示的通用个人计算机1500安装构成该软件的程序,该计算机在安装有各种程序时,能够执行各种功能等等。图15是示出根据本公开的实施例的中可采用的信息处理设备的个人计算机的示例结构的框图。在一个例子中,该个人计算机可以对应于根据本公开的上述示例性终端设备。In addition, it should be understood that the aforementioned series of processing and devices can also be implemented by software and/or firmware. In the case of implementation by software and/or firmware, a computer with a dedicated hardware structure, such as a general-purpose personal computer 1500 shown in FIG. 15, is installed from a storage medium or a network to the program constituting the software, and the computer is installed with various programs. When, can perform various functions and so on. FIG. 15 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a personal computer of an information processing apparatus that can be employed in an embodiment of the present disclosure. In an example, the personal computer may correspond to the above-mentioned exemplary terminal device according to the present disclosure.
在图15中,中央处理单元(CPU)1501根据只读存储器(ROM)1502中存储的程序或从存储部分1508加载到随机存取存储器(RAM)1503的程序执行各种处理。在RAM 1503中,也根据需要存储当CPU 1501执行各种处理等时所需的数据。In FIG. 15, a central processing unit (CPU) 1501 performs various processes in accordance with a program stored in a read only memory (ROM) 1502 or a program loaded from a storage part 1508 to a random access memory (RAM) 1503. The RAM 1503 also stores data required when the CPU 1501 executes various processes and the like as necessary.
CPU 1501、ROM 1502和RAM 1503经由总线1504彼此连接。输入/输出接口1505也连接到总线1504。The CPU 1501, ROM 1502, and RAM 1503 are connected to each other via a bus 1504. The input/output interface 1505 is also connected to the bus 1504.
下述部件连接到输入/输出接口1505:输入部分1506,包括键盘、鼠标等;输出部分1507,包括显示器,比如阴极射线管(CRT)、液晶显示器(LCD)等,和扬声器等;存储部分1508,包括硬盘等;和通信部分1509,包括网络接口卡比如LAN卡、调制解调器等。通信部分1509经由网络比如因特网执行通信处理。The following components are connected to the input/output interface 1505: input part 1506, including keyboard, mouse, etc.; output part 1507, including display, such as cathode ray tube (CRT), liquid crystal display (LCD), etc., and speakers, etc.; storage part 1508 , Including hard disks, etc.; and communication part 1509, including network interface cards such as LAN cards, modems, etc. The communication section 1509 performs communication processing via a network such as the Internet.
根据需要,驱动器1510也连接到输入/输出接口1505。可拆卸介质1511比如磁盘、光盘、磁光盘、半导体存储器等等根据需要被安装在驱动器1510上,使得从中读出的计算机程序根据需要被安装到存储部分1508中。The driver 1510 is also connected to the input/output interface 1505 as required. A removable medium 1511 such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, a semiconductor memory, etc. is mounted on the drive 1510 as needed, so that the computer program read out therefrom is installed into the storage portion 1508 as needed.
在通过软件实现上述系列处理的情况下,从网络比如因特网或存储介质比如可拆卸介质1511安装构成软件的程序。In the case of realizing the above-mentioned series of processing by software, a program constituting the software is installed from a network such as the Internet or a storage medium such as a removable medium 1511.
本领域技术人员应当理解,这种存储介质不局限于图15所示的其中存储有程序、 与设备相分离地分发以向用户提供程序的可拆卸介质1511。可拆卸介质1511的例子包含磁盘(包含软盘(注册商标))、光盘(包含光盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)和数字通用盘(DVD))、磁光盘(包含迷你盘(MD)(注册商标))和半导体存储器。或者,存储介质可以是ROM 1502、存储部分1508中包含的硬盘等等,其中存有程序,并且与包含它们的设备一起被分发给用户。Those skilled in the art should understand that this storage medium is not limited to the detachable medium 1511 shown in FIG. 15 where the program is stored and distributed separately from the device to provide the program to the user. Examples of removable media 1511 include magnetic disks (including floppy disks (registered trademarks)), optical disks (including compact disk read-only memory (CD-ROM) and digital versatile disks (DVD)), magneto-optical disks (including mini disks (MD) (registered trademarks) )) and semiconductor memory. Alternatively, the storage medium may be a ROM 1502, a hard disk included in the storage portion 1508, etc., in which programs are stored and distributed to users together with the devices containing them.
本公开的技术能够应用于各种产品。The technology of the present disclosure can be applied to various products.
例如,根据本公开的实施例的电子设备10/电子设备30可以被实现为各种控制设备/基站或者被包含在各种控制设备/基站中。例如,根据本公开的实施例的终端设备20可以被实现为各种终端设备或者被包含在各种终端设备中。For example, the electronic device 10/electronic device 30 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure may be implemented as various control devices/base stations or included in various control devices/base stations. For example, the terminal device 20 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure may be implemented as various terminal devices or included in various terminal devices.
例如,本公开中提到的电子设备/基站可以被实现为任何类型的基站,例如eNB,诸如宏eNB和小eNB。小eNB可以为覆盖比宏小区小的小区的eNB,诸如微微eNB、微eNB和家庭(毫微微)eNB。还例如,可以实现为gNB,诸如宏gNB和小gNB。小gNB可以为覆盖比宏小区小的小区的gNB,诸如微微gNB、微gNB和家庭(毫微微)gNB。代替地,基站可以被实现为任何其他类型的基站,诸如NodeB和基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)。基站可以包括:被配置为控制无线通信的主体(也称为基站设备);以及设置在与主体不同的地方的一个或多个远程无线头端(Remote Radio Head,RRH)。另外,下面将描述的各种类型的终端均可以通过暂时地或半持久性地执行基站功能而作为基站工作。For example, the electronic device/base station mentioned in the present disclosure may be implemented as any type of base station, such as an eNB, such as a macro eNB and a small eNB. A small eNB may be an eNB that covers a cell smaller than a macro cell, such as a pico eNB, a micro eNB, and a home (femto) eNB. Also for example, it may be implemented as a gNB, such as a macro gNB and a small gNB. The small gNB may be a gNB covering a cell smaller than a macro cell, such as pico gNB, micro gNB, and home (femto) gNB. Alternatively, the base station may be implemented as any other type of base station, such as NodeB and Base Transceiver Station (BTS). The base station may include: a main body (also referred to as a base station device) configured to control wireless communication; and one or more remote radio heads (Remote Radio Head, RRH) arranged in a different place from the main body. In addition, various types of terminals to be described below can all operate as base stations by temporarily or semi-persistently performing base station functions.
例如,本公开中提到的终端设备,在一些实施例中可以被实现为移动终端(诸如智能电话、平板个人计算机(PC)、笔记本式PC、便携式游戏终端、便携式/加密狗型移动路由器和数字摄像装置)或者车载终端(诸如汽车导航设备)。终端设备还可以被实现为执行机器对机器(M2M)通信的终端(也称为机器类型通信(MTC)终端)。此外,终端设备可以为安装在上述终端中的每个终端上的无线通信模块(诸如包括单个晶片的集成电路模块)。For example, the terminal devices mentioned in the present disclosure may be implemented as mobile terminals (such as smart phones, tablet personal computers (PCs), notebook PCs, portable game terminals, portable/dongle type mobile routers, and mobile routers) in some embodiments. Digital camera) or in-vehicle terminal (such as car navigation equipment). The terminal device may also be implemented as a terminal (also referred to as a machine type communication (MTC) terminal) that performs machine-to-machine (M2M) communication. In addition, the terminal device may be a wireless communication module (such as an integrated circuit module including a single chip) installed on each of the above-mentioned terminals.
以下将参照图16至图19描述根据本公开的应用示例。Hereinafter, an application example according to the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 19.
[关于基站的示例][Example of base station]
应当理解,本公开中的电子设备/基站一词具有其通常含义的全部广度,并且至少包括被用于作为无线通信系统或无线电系统的一部分以便于通信的无线通信站。基站的例子可以例如是但不限于以下:基站可以是GSM系统中的基站收发信机(BTS)和基站控制器(BSC)中的一者或两者,可以是WCDMA系统中的无线电网络控制器 (RNC)和Node B中的一者或两者,可以是LTE和LTE-Advanced系统中的eNB,或者可以是未来通信系统中对应的网络节点(例如可能在5G通信系统中出现的gNB,eLTE eNB等等)。本公开的基站中的部分功能也可以实现为在D2D、M2M以及V2V通信场景下对通信具有控制功能的实体,或者实现为在认知无线电通信场景下起频谱协调作用的实体。It should be understood that the term electronic equipment/base station in the present disclosure has the full breadth of its usual meaning, and at least includes wireless communication stations used as a wireless communication system or a part of a radio system to facilitate communication. Examples of the base station may be, for example, but not limited to the following: the base station may be one or both of a base transceiver station (BTS) and a base station controller (BSC) in a GSM system, and may be a radio network controller in a WCDMA system One or both of (RNC) and Node B may be eNBs in LTE and LTE-Advanced systems, or may be corresponding network nodes in future communication systems (for example, gNB, eLTE that may appear in 5G communication systems) eNB, etc.). Part of the functions in the base station of the present disclosure may also be implemented as an entity having a communication control function in D2D, M2M, and V2V communication scenarios, or as an entity that plays a role of spectrum coordination in a cognitive radio communication scenario.
第一示例First example
图16是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的eNB的示意性配置的第一示例的框图。eNB 1600包括多个天线1610以及基站设备1620。基站设备1620和每个天线1610可以经由RF线缆彼此连接。在一种实现方式中,此处的eNB 1600(或基站设备1620)可以对应于上述电子设备10或电子设备30。FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a first example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied. The eNB 1600 includes multiple antennas 1610 and base station equipment 1620. The base station device 1620 and each antenna 1610 may be connected to each other via an RF cable. In an implementation manner, the eNB 1600 (or base station device 1620) herein may correspond to the electronic device 10 or the electronic device 30 described above.
天线1610中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在多输入多输出(MIMO)天线中的多个天线元件),并且用于基站设备1620发送和接收无线信号。如图16所示,eNB 1600可以包括多个天线1610。例如,多个天线1610可以与eNB 1600使用的多个频段兼容。Each of the antennas 1610 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) antenna), and is used for the base station device 1620 to transmit and receive wireless signals. As shown in FIG. 16, the eNB 1600 may include multiple antennas 1610. For example, multiple antennas 1610 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1600.
基站设备1620包括控制器1621、存储器1622、网络接口1623以及无线通信接口1625。The base station device 1620 includes a controller 1621, a memory 1622, a network interface 1623, and a wireless communication interface 1625.
控制器1621可以为例如CPU或DSP,并且操作基站设备1620的较高层的各种功能。例如,控制器1621根据由无线通信接口1625获取的无线通信系统中的终端侧的测量报告来触发小区切换,使得终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从原小区切换到目标小区。控制器1621可以具有执行如下控制的逻辑功能:该控制诸如为无线资源控制、无线承载控制、移动性管理、接入控制和调度。该控制可以结合附近的eNB或核心网节点来执行。存储器1622包括RAM和ROM,并且存储由控制器1621执行的程序和各种类型的控制数据(诸如切换许可数据以及切换命令数据)。The controller 1621 may be, for example, a CPU or a DSP, and operates various functions of a higher layer of the base station device 1620. For example, the controller 1621 triggers the cell handover according to the measurement report on the terminal side in the wireless communication system acquired by the wireless communication interface 1625, so that the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device, and the group is taken from the original cell. Switch to the target cell. The controller 1621 may have a logic function to perform control such as radio resource control, radio bearer control, mobility management, access control, and scheduling. This control can be performed in conjunction with nearby eNBs or core network nodes. The memory 1622 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs executed by the controller 1621 and various types of control data (such as switching permission data and switching command data).
网络接口1623为用于将基站设备1620连接至核心网1624的通信接口。控制器1621可以经由网络接口1623而与核心网节点或另外的eNB进行通信。在此情况下,eNB 1600与核心网节点或其他eNB可以通过逻辑接口(诸如S1接口和X2接口)而彼此连接。网络接口1623还可以为有线通信接口或用于无线回程线路的无线通信接口。如果网络接口1623为无线通信接口,则与由无线通信接口1625使用的频段相比,网络接口1623可以使用较高频段用于无线通信。The network interface 1623 is a communication interface for connecting the base station device 1620 to the core network 1624. The controller 1621 may communicate with a core network node or another eNB via a network interface 1623. In this case, the eNB 1600 and the core network node or other eNBs may be connected to each other through a logical interface (such as an S1 interface and an X2 interface). The network interface 1623 may also be a wired communication interface or a wireless communication interface for a wireless backhaul line. If the network interface 1623 is a wireless communication interface, the network interface 1623 can use a higher frequency band for wireless communication than the frequency band used by the wireless communication interface 1625.
无线通信接口1625支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如长期演进(LTE)和 LTE-Advanced),并且经由天线1610来提供到位于eNB 1600的小区中的终端的无线连接。无线通信接口1625通常可以包括例如基带(BB)处理器1626和RF电路1627。BB处理器1626可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用,并且执行层(例如L1、介质访问控制(MAC)、无线链路控制(RLC)和分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP))的各种类型的信号处理。代替控制器1621,BB处理器1626可以具有上述逻辑功能的一部分或全部。BB处理器1626可以为存储通信控制程序的存储器,或者为包括被配置为执行程序的处理器和相关电路的模块。更新程序可以使BB处理器1626的功能改变。该模块可以为插入到基站设备1620的槽中的卡或刀片。可替代地,该模块也可以为安装在卡或刀片上的芯片。同时,RF电路1627可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器,并且经由天线1610来传送和接收无线信号。虽然图16示出一个RF电路1627与一根天线1610连接的示例,但是本公开并不限于该图示,而是一个RF电路1627可以同时连接多根天线1610。The wireless communication interface 1625 supports any cellular communication scheme (such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced), and provides wireless connection to a terminal located in a cell of the eNB 1600 via an antenna 1610. The wireless communication interface 1625 may generally include, for example, a baseband (BB) processor 1626 and an RF circuit 1627. The BB processor 1626 can perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform layers (such as L1, medium access control (MAC), radio link control (RLC), and packet data convergence protocol ( PDCP)) various types of signal processing. Instead of the controller 1621, the BB processor 1626 may have a part or all of the above-mentioned logical functions. The BB processor 1626 may be a memory storing a communication control program, or a module including a processor and related circuits configured to execute the program. The update program can change the function of the BB processor 1626. The module may be a card or a blade inserted into the slot of the base station device 1620. Alternatively, the module can also be a chip mounted on a card or blade. Meanwhile, the RF circuit 1627 may include, for example, a mixer, a filter, and an amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 1610. Although FIG. 16 shows an example in which one RF circuit 1627 is connected to one antenna 1610, the present disclosure is not limited to this illustration, but one RF circuit 1627 can connect multiple antennas 1610 at the same time.
如图16所示,无线通信接口1625可以包括多个BB处理器1626。例如,多个BB处理器1626可以与eNB 1600使用的多个频段兼容。如图16所示,无线通信接口1625可以包括多个RF电路1627。例如,多个RF电路1627可以与多个天线元件兼容。虽然图16示出其中无线通信接口1625包括多个BB处理器1626和多个RF电路1627的示例,但是无线通信接口1625也可以包括单个BB处理器1626或单个RF电路1627。As shown in FIG. 16, the wireless communication interface 1625 may include a plurality of BB processors 1626. For example, multiple BB processors 1626 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1600. As shown in FIG. 16, the wireless communication interface 1625 may include a plurality of RF circuits 1627. For example, multiple RF circuits 1627 may be compatible with multiple antenna elements. Although FIG. 16 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1625 includes a plurality of BB processors 1626 and a plurality of RF circuits 1627, the wireless communication interface 1625 may also include a single BB processor 1626 or a single RF circuit 1627.
第二示例Second example
图17是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的eNB的示意性配置的第二示例的框图。eNB 1700包括多个天线1710、RRH 1720和基站设备1730。RRH 1720和每个天线1710可以经由RF线缆而彼此连接。基站设备1730和RRH 1720可以经由诸如光纤线缆的高速线路而彼此连接。在一种实现方式中,此处的eNB 1700(或基站设备1730)可以对应于上述电子设备10或电子设备30。FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing a second example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied. The eNB 1700 includes multiple antennas 1710, RRHs 1720, and base station equipment 1730. The RRH 1720 and each antenna 1710 may be connected to each other via an RF cable. The base station device 1730 and the RRH 1720 may be connected to each other via a high-speed line such as an optical fiber cable. In an implementation manner, the eNB 1700 (or base station device 1730) herein may correspond to the above-mentioned electronic device 10 or electronic device 30.
天线1710中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件),并且用于RRH 1720发送和接收无线信号。如图17所示,eNB 1700可以包括多个天线1710。例如,多个天线1710可以与eNB 1700使用的多个频段兼容。Each of the antennas 1710 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna), and is used for the RRH 1720 to transmit and receive wireless signals. As shown in FIG. 17, the eNB 1700 may include multiple antennas 1710. For example, multiple antennas 1710 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1700.
基站设备1730包括控制器1731、存储器1732、网络接口1733、无线通信接口1734以及连接接口1736。控制器1731、存储器1732和网络接口1733与参照图16描述的控制器1621、存储器1622和网络接口1623相同。The base station equipment 1730 includes a controller 1731, a memory 1732, a network interface 1733, a wireless communication interface 1734, and a connection interface 1736. The controller 1731, the memory 1732, and the network interface 1733 are the same as the controller 1621, the memory 1622, and the network interface 1623 described with reference to FIG. 16.
无线通信接口1734支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-Advanced),并且经 由RRH 1720和天线1710来提供到位于与RRH 1720对应的扇区中的终端的无线通信。无线通信接口1734通常可以包括例如BB处理器1735。除了BB处理器1735经由连接接口1736连接到RRH 1720的RF电路1722之外,BB处理器1735与参照图16描述的BB处理器1626相同。如图17所示,无线通信接口1734可以包括多个BB处理器1735。例如,多个BB处理器1735可以与eNB 1700使用的多个频段兼容。虽然图17示出其中无线通信接口1734包括多个BB处理器1735的示例,但是无线通信接口1734也可以包括单个BB处理器1735。The wireless communication interface 1734 supports any cellular communication scheme (such as LTE and LTE-Advanced), and provides wireless communication to terminals located in the sector corresponding to the RRH 1720 via the RRH 1720 and the antenna 1710. The wireless communication interface 1734 may generally include, for example, a BB processor 1735. The BB processor 1735 is the same as the BB processor 1626 described with reference to FIG. 16 except that the BB processor 1735 is connected to the RF circuit 1722 of the RRH 1720 via the connection interface 1736. As shown in FIG. 17, the wireless communication interface 1734 may include a plurality of BB processors 1735. For example, multiple BB processors 1735 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by the eNB 1700. Although FIG. 17 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1734 includes a plurality of BB processors 1735, the wireless communication interface 1734 may also include a single BB processor 1735.
连接接口1736为用于将基站设备1730(无线通信接口1734)连接至RRH 1720的接口。连接接口1736还可以为用于将基站设备1730(无线通信接口1734)连接至RRH 1720的上述高速线路中的通信的通信模块。The connection interface 1736 is an interface for connecting the base station device 1730 (wireless communication interface 1734) to the RRH 1720. The connection interface 1736 may also be a communication module used to connect the base station device 1730 (wireless communication interface 1734) to the RRH 1720 for communication in the aforementioned high-speed line.
RRH 1720包括连接接口1723和无线通信接口1721。The RRH 1720 includes a connection interface 1723 and a wireless communication interface 1721.
连接接口1723为用于将RRH 1720(无线通信接口1721)连接至基站设备1730的接口。连接接口1723还可以为用于上述高速线路中的通信的通信模块。The connection interface 1723 is an interface for connecting the RRH 1720 (wireless communication interface 1721) to the base station device 1730. The connection interface 1723 may also be a communication module used for communication in the above-mentioned high-speed line.
无线通信接口1721经由天线1710来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口1721通常可以包括例如RF电路1722。RF电路1722可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器,并且经由天线1710来传送和接收无线信号。虽然图17示出一个RF电路1722与一根天线1710连接的示例,但是本公开并不限于该图示,而是一个RF电路1722可以同时连接多根天线1710。The wireless communication interface 1721 transmits and receives wireless signals via the antenna 1710. The wireless communication interface 1721 may generally include, for example, an RF circuit 1722. The RF circuit 1722 may include, for example, a mixer, a filter, and an amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 1710. Although FIG. 17 shows an example in which one RF circuit 1722 is connected to one antenna 1710, the present disclosure is not limited to this illustration, but one RF circuit 1722 can connect multiple antennas 1710 at the same time.
如图17所示,无线通信接口1721可以包括多个RF电路1722。例如,多个RF电路1722可以支持多个天线元件。虽然图17示出其中无线通信接口1721包括多个RF电路1722的示例,但是无线通信接口1721也可以包括单个RF电路1722。As shown in FIG. 17, the wireless communication interface 1721 may include a plurality of RF circuits 1722. For example, multiple RF circuits 1722 may support multiple antenna elements. Although FIG. 17 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1721 includes a plurality of RF circuits 1722, the wireless communication interface 1721 may also include a single RF circuit 1722.
[关于用户设备的示例][Example of user equipment]
第一示例First example
图18是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的智能电话1800的示意性配置的示例的框图。智能电话1800包括处理器1801、存储器1802、存储装置1803、外部连接接口1804、摄像装置1806、传感器1807、麦克风1808、输入装置1809、显示装置1810、扬声器1811、无线通信接口1812、一个或多个天线开关1815、一个或多个天线1816、总线1817、电池1818以及辅助控制器1819。在一种实现方式中,此处的智能电话1800(或处理器1801)可以对应于上述终端设备20。FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a smart phone 1800 to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied. The smart phone 1800 includes a processor 1801, a memory 1802, a storage device 1803, an external connection interface 1804, a camera device 1806, a sensor 1807, a microphone 1808, an input device 1809, a display device 1810, a speaker 1811, a wireless communication interface 1812, one or more An antenna switch 1815, one or more antennas 1816, a bus 1817, a battery 1818, and an auxiliary controller 1819. In an implementation manner, the smart phone 1800 (or the processor 1801) herein may correspond to the aforementioned terminal device 20.
处理器1801可以为例如CPU或片上系统(SoC),并且控制智能电话1800的应用层 和另外层的功能。存储器1802包括RAM和ROM,并且存储数据和由处理器1801执行的程序。存储装置1803可以包括存储介质,诸如半导体存储器和硬盘。外部连接接口1804为用于将外部装置(诸如存储卡和通用串行总线(USB)装置)连接至智能电话1800的接口。The processor 1801 may be, for example, a CPU or a system on a chip (SoC), and controls the functions of the application layer and other layers of the smart phone 1800. The memory 1802 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 1801. The storage device 1803 may include a storage medium such as a semiconductor memory and a hard disk. The external connection interface 1804 is an interface for connecting an external device such as a memory card and a universal serial bus (USB) device to the smart phone 1800.
摄像装置1806包括图像传感器(诸如电荷耦合器件(CCD)和互补金属氧化物半导体(CMOS)),并且生成捕获图像。传感器1807可以包括一组传感器,诸如测量传感器、陀螺仪传感器、地磁传感器和加速度传感器。麦克风1808将输入到智能电话1800的声音转换为音频信号。输入装置1809包括例如被配置为检测显示装置1810的屏幕上的触摸的触摸传感器、小键盘、键盘、按钮或开关,并且接收从用户输入的操作或信息。显示装置1810包括屏幕(诸如液晶显示器(LCD)和有机发光二极管(OLED)显示器),并且显示智能电话1800的输出图像。扬声器1811将从智能电话1800输出的音频信号转换为声音。The imaging device 1806 includes an image sensor such as a charge coupled device (CCD) and a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), and generates a captured image. The sensor 1807 may include a group of sensors, such as a measurement sensor, a gyroscope sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and an acceleration sensor. The microphone 1808 converts the sound input to the smart phone 1800 into an audio signal. The input device 1809 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a keypad, a keyboard, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 1810, and receives an operation or information input from the user. The display device 1810 includes a screen such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) and an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, and displays an output image of the smartphone 1800. The speaker 1811 converts the audio signal output from the smart phone 1800 into sound.
无线通信接口1812支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-Advanced),并且执行无线通信。无线通信接口1812通常可以包括例如BB处理器1813和RF电路1814。BB处理器1813可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用,并且执行用于无线通信的各种类型的信号处理。同时,RF电路1814可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器,并且经由天线1816来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口1812可以为其上集成有BB处理器1813和RF电路1814的一个芯片模块。如图18所示,无线通信接口1812可以包括多个BB处理器1813和多个RF电路1814。虽然图18示出其中无线通信接口1812包括多个BB处理器1813和多个RF电路1814的示例,但是无线通信接口1812也可以包括单个BB处理器1813或单个RF电路1814。The wireless communication interface 1812 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication. The wireless communication interface 1812 may generally include, for example, a BB processor 1813 and an RF circuit 1814. The BB processor 1813 may perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communication. Meanwhile, the RF circuit 1814 may include, for example, a mixer, a filter, and an amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 1816. The wireless communication interface 1812 may be a chip module on which the BB processor 1813 and the RF circuit 1814 are integrated. As shown in FIG. 18, the wireless communication interface 1812 may include a plurality of BB processors 1813 and a plurality of RF circuits 1814. Although FIG. 18 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1812 includes a plurality of BB processors 1813 and a plurality of RF circuits 1814, the wireless communication interface 1812 may also include a single BB processor 1813 or a single RF circuit 1814.
此外,除了蜂窝通信方案之外,无线通信接口1812可以支持另外类型的无线通信方案,诸如短距离无线通信方案、近场通信方案和无线局域网(LAN)方案。在此情况下,无线通信接口1812可以包括针对每种无线通信方案的BB处理器1813和RF电路1814。In addition, in addition to the cellular communication scheme, the wireless communication interface 1812 may support another type of wireless communication scheme, such as a short-range wireless communication scheme, a near field communication scheme, and a wireless local area network (LAN) scheme. In this case, the wireless communication interface 1812 may include a BB processor 1813 and an RF circuit 1814 for each wireless communication scheme.
天线开关1815中的每一个在包括在无线通信接口1812中的多个电路(例如用于不同的无线通信方案的电路)之间切换天线1816的连接目的地。Each of the antenna switches 1815 switches the connection destination of the antenna 1816 among a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 1812 (for example, circuits for different wireless communication schemes).
天线1816中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件),并且用于无线通信接口1812传送和接收无线信号。如图18所示,智能电话1800可以包括多个天线1816。虽然图18示出其中智能电话1800包括多个天线1816 的示例,但是智能电话1800也可以包括单个天线1816。Each of the antennas 1816 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna), and is used for the wireless communication interface 1812 to transmit and receive wireless signals. As shown in FIG. 18, the smart phone 1800 may include multiple antennas 1816. Although FIG. 18 shows an example in which the smart phone 1800 includes a plurality of antennas 1816, the smart phone 1800 may also include a single antenna 1816.
此外,智能电话1800可以包括针对每种无线通信方案的天线1816。在此情况下,天线开关1815可以从智能电话1800的配置中省略。In addition, the smart phone 1800 may include an antenna 1816 for each wireless communication scheme. In this case, the antenna switch 1815 may be omitted from the configuration of the smart phone 1800.
总线1817将处理器1801、存储器1802、存储装置1803、外部连接接口1804、摄像装置1806、传感器1807、麦克风1808、输入装置1809、显示装置1810、扬声器1811、无线通信接口1812以及辅助控制器1819彼此连接。电池1818经由馈线向图18所示的智能电话1800的各个块提供电力,馈线在图中被部分地示为虚线。辅助控制器1819例如在睡眠模式下操作智能电话1800的最小必需功能。The bus 1817 connects the processor 1801, the memory 1802, the storage device 1803, the external connection interface 1804, the camera device 1806, the sensor 1807, the microphone 1808, the input device 1809, the display device 1810, the speaker 1811, the wireless communication interface 1812, and the auxiliary controller 1819 to each other. connection. The battery 1818 supplies power to each block of the smart phone 1800 shown in FIG. 18 via a feeder line, and the feeder line is partially shown as a dashed line in the figure. The auxiliary controller 1819 operates the minimum necessary functions of the smartphone 1800 in the sleep mode, for example.
第二示例Second example
图19是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的汽车导航设备1900的示意性配置的示例的框图。汽车导航设备1900包括处理器1901、存储器1902、全球定位系统(GPS)模块1904、传感器1905、数据接口1906、内容播放器1907、存储介质接口1908、输入装置1909、显示装置1910、扬声器1911、无线通信接口1913、一个或多个天线开关1916、一个或多个天线1917以及电池1918。在一种实现方式中,此处的汽车导航设备1900(或处理器1901)可以对应于终端设备20。FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device 1900 to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied. The car navigation device 1900 includes a processor 1901, a memory 1902, a global positioning system (GPS) module 1904, a sensor 1905, a data interface 1906, a content player 1907, a storage medium interface 1908, an input device 1909, a display device 1910, a speaker 1911, a wireless A communication interface 1913, one or more antenna switches 1916, one or more antennas 1917, and a battery 1918. In an implementation manner, the car navigation device 1900 (or the processor 1901) herein may correspond to the terminal device 20.
处理器1901可以为例如CPU或SoC,并且控制汽车导航设备1900的导航功能和另外的功能。存储器1902包括RAM和ROM,并且存储数据和由处理器1901执行的程序。The processor 1901 may be, for example, a CPU or SoC, and controls the navigation function and other functions of the car navigation device 1900. The memory 1902 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 1901.
GPS模块1904使用从GPS卫星接收的GPS信号来测量汽车导航设备1900的位置(诸如纬度、经度和高度)。传感器1905可以包括一组传感器,诸如陀螺仪传感器、地磁传感器和空气压力传感器。数据接口1906经由未示出的终端而连接到例如车载网络1921,并且获取由车辆生成的数据(诸如车速数据)。The GPS module 1904 uses GPS signals received from GPS satellites to measure the position of the car navigation device 1900 (such as latitude, longitude, and altitude). The sensor 1905 may include a group of sensors, such as a gyroscope sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and an air pressure sensor. The data interface 1906 is connected to, for example, an in-vehicle network 1921 via a terminal not shown, and acquires data (such as vehicle speed data) generated by the vehicle.
内容播放器1907再现存储在存储介质(诸如CD和DVD)中的内容,该存储介质被插入到存储介质接口1908中。输入装置1909包括例如被配置为检测显示装置1910的屏幕上的触摸的触摸传感器、按钮或开关,并且接收从用户输入的操作或信息。显示装置1910包括诸如LCD或OLED显示器的屏幕,并且显示导航功能的图像或再现的内容。扬声器1911输出导航功能的声音或再现的内容。The content player 1907 reproduces content stored in a storage medium such as CD and DVD, which is inserted into the storage medium interface 1908. The input device 1909 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 1910, and receives an operation or information input from the user. The display device 1910 includes a screen such as an LCD or OLED display, and displays an image of a navigation function or reproduced content. The speaker 1911 outputs the sound of the navigation function or the reproduced content.
无线通信接口1913支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-Advanced),并且执行无线通信。无线通信接口1913通常可以包括例如BB处理器1914和RF电路1915。BB处理器1914可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用,并且执行用于无线通信的各种类型的信号处理。同时,RF电路1915可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大 器,并且经由天线1917来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口1913还可以为其上集成有BB处理器1914和RF电路1915的一个芯片模块。如图19所示,无线通信接口1913可以包括多个BB处理器1914和多个RF电路1915。虽然图19示出其中无线通信接口1913包括多个BB处理器1914和多个RF电路1915的示例,但是无线通信接口1913也可以包括单个BB处理器1914或单个RF电路1915。The wireless communication interface 1913 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication. The wireless communication interface 1913 may generally include, for example, a BB processor 1914 and an RF circuit 1915. The BB processor 1914 may perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communication. Meanwhile, the RF circuit 1915 may include, for example, a mixer, a filter, and an amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via an antenna 1917. The wireless communication interface 1913 can also be a chip module on which the BB processor 1914 and the RF circuit 1915 are integrated. As shown in FIG. 19, the wireless communication interface 1913 may include a plurality of BB processors 1914 and a plurality of RF circuits 1915. Although FIG. 19 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1913 includes a plurality of BB processors 1914 and a plurality of RF circuits 1915, the wireless communication interface 1913 may also include a single BB processor 1914 or a single RF circuit 1915.
此外,除了蜂窝通信方案之外,无线通信接口1913可以支持另外类型的无线通信方案,诸如短距离无线通信方案、近场通信方案和无线LAN方案。在此情况下,针对每种无线通信方案,无线通信接口1913可以包括BB处理器1914和RF电路1915。In addition, in addition to the cellular communication scheme, the wireless communication interface 1913 may support another type of wireless communication scheme, such as a short-range wireless communication scheme, a near field communication scheme, and a wireless LAN scheme. In this case, the wireless communication interface 1913 may include a BB processor 1914 and an RF circuit 1915 for each wireless communication scheme.
天线开关1916中的每一个在包括在无线通信接口1913中的多个电路(诸如用于不同的无线通信方案的电路)之间切换天线1917的连接目的地。Each of the antenna switches 1916 switches the connection destination of the antenna 1917 among a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 1913, such as circuits for different wireless communication schemes.
天线1917中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件),并且用于无线通信接口1913传送和接收无线信号。如图19所示,汽车导航设备1900可以包括多个天线1917。虽然图19示出其中汽车导航设备1900包括多个天线1917的示例,但是汽车导航设备1900也可以包括单个天线1917。Each of the antennas 1917 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna), and is used for the wireless communication interface 1913 to transmit and receive wireless signals. As shown in FIG. 19, the car navigation device 1900 may include a plurality of antennas 1917. Although FIG. 19 shows an example in which the car navigation device 1900 includes a plurality of antennas 1917, the car navigation device 1900 may also include a single antenna 1917.
此外,汽车导航设备1900可以包括针对每种无线通信方案的天线1917。在此情况下,天线开关1916可以从汽车导航设备1900的配置中省略。In addition, the car navigation device 1900 may include an antenna 1917 for each wireless communication scheme. In this case, the antenna switch 1916 may be omitted from the configuration of the car navigation device 1900.
电池1918经由馈线向图19所示的汽车导航设备1900的各个块提供电力,馈线在图中被部分地示为虚线。电池1918累积从车辆提供的电力。The battery 1918 supplies power to each block of the car navigation device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 via a feeder line, and the feeder line is partially shown as a dashed line in the figure. The battery 1918 accumulates electric power supplied from the vehicle.
本公开内容的技术也可以被实现为包括汽车导航设备1900、车载网络1921以及车辆模块1922中的一个或多个块的车载系统(或车辆)1920。车辆模块1922生成车辆数据(诸如车速、发动机速度和故障信息),并且将所生成的数据输出至车载网络1921。The technology of the present disclosure can also be implemented as an in-vehicle system (or vehicle) 1920 including one or more blocks in a car navigation device 1900, an in-vehicle network 1921, and a vehicle module 1922. The vehicle module 1922 generates vehicle data (such as vehicle speed, engine speed, and failure information), and outputs the generated data to the vehicle network 1921.
<<5.结论>><<5. Conclusion>>
上面已经参考图1至图19详细描述了本公开的实施例。如上所述,根据本公开的实施例的电子设备可以基于分组的小区切换技术和基于预测的小区切换技术对高速交通工具上的终端设备进行小区切换。根据本公开的实施例,能够准确识别高速交通工具上的用户,对高速交通工具上的用户以组为单位同时进行小区切换,显著提高了切换速度,并且在每个分组内仅选择一个代表用户进行随机接入,通过分组的小区切换请求和小区切换答复的设计,显著降低了大量用户同时进行小区切换时的资源开销,还降低了大量用户同时进行小区切换时发生随机接入冲突的概率和切换时延。另外, 还能够基于预测提前触发小区切换,从而有效降低切换失败概率。再者,本公开还提出了仅预留与部分SSB对应的前导序列的方案,从而进一步降低了小区切换过程中的资源开销。The embodiments of the present disclosure have been described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 19. As described above, the electronic device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure can perform cell switching for terminal devices on high-speed vehicles based on the packet-based cell switching technology and the predicted-based cell switching technology. According to the embodiments of the present disclosure, users on high-speed vehicles can be accurately identified, and the users on high-speed vehicles can be handed over in groups at the same time, which significantly improves the handover speed, and only one representative user is selected in each group For random access, the design of grouped cell switching requests and cell switching responses significantly reduces the resource overhead when a large number of users perform cell switching at the same time, and also reduces the probability and probability of random access conflicts when a large number of users perform cell switching at the same time. Handover delay. In addition, cell handover can be triggered in advance based on prediction, thereby effectively reducing the probability of handover failure. Furthermore, the present disclosure also proposes a scheme of reserving only the preamble sequence corresponding to a part of the SSB, thereby further reducing the resource overhead in the cell handover process.
以上参照附图描述了本公开的示例性实施例,但是本公开当然不限于以上示例。本领域技术人员可在所附权利要求的范围内得到各种变更和修改,并且应理解这些变更和修改自然将落入本公开的技术范围内。The exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure have been described above with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the present disclosure is of course not limited to the above examples. Those skilled in the art can get various changes and modifications within the scope of the appended claims, and it should be understood that these changes and modifications will naturally fall within the technical scope of the present disclosure.
应当理解,根据本公开实施例的机器可读存储介质或程序产品中的机器可执行指令可以被配置为执行与上述设备和方法实施例相应的操作。当参考上述设备和方法实施例时,机器可读存储介质或程序产品的实施例对于本领域技术人员而言是明晰的,因此不再重复描述。用于承载或包括上述机器可执行指令的机器可读存储介质和程序产品也落在本公开的范围内。这样的存储介质可以包括但不限于软盘、光盘、磁光盘、存储卡、存储棒等等。It should be understood that the machine-readable storage medium or the machine-executable instructions in the program product according to the embodiments of the present disclosure may be configured to perform operations corresponding to the above-mentioned device and method embodiments. When referring to the above-mentioned device and method embodiments, the embodiment of the machine-readable storage medium or program product is clear to those skilled in the art, so the description will not be repeated. Machine-readable storage media and program products for carrying or including the above-mentioned machine-executable instructions also fall within the scope of the present disclosure. Such storage media may include, but are not limited to, floppy disks, optical disks, magneto-optical disks, memory cards, memory sticks, and so on.
另外,应当理解,上述系列处理和设备也可以通过软件和/或固件实现。在通过软件和/或固件实现的情况下,在相关设备的存储介质存储构成相应软件的相应程序,当所述程序被执行时,能够执行各种功能。In addition, it should be understood that the aforementioned series of processing and devices can also be implemented by software and/or firmware. In the case of implementation by software and/or firmware, a corresponding program constituting the corresponding software is stored in the storage medium of the related device, and when the program is executed, various functions can be performed.
例如,在以上实施例中包括在一个单元中的多个功能可以由分开的装置来实现。替选地,在以上实施例中由多个单元实现的多个功能可分别由分开的装置来实现。另外,以上功能之一可由多个单元来实现。无需说,这样的配置包括在本公开的技术范围内。For example, a plurality of functions included in one unit in the above embodiments may be realized by separate devices. Alternatively, the multiple functions implemented by multiple units in the above embodiments may be implemented by separate devices, respectively. In addition, one of the above functions can be implemented by multiple units. Needless to say, such a configuration is included in the technical scope of the present disclosure.
在该说明书中,流程图中所描述的步骤不仅包括以所述顺序按时间序列执行的处理,而且包括并行地或单独地而不是必须按时间序列执行的处理。此外,甚至在按时间序列处理的步骤中,无需说,也可以适当地改变该顺序。In this specification, the steps described in the flowchart include not only processing performed in time series in the described order, but also processing performed in parallel or individually rather than necessarily in time series. In addition, even in the steps processed in time series, needless to say, the order can be changed appropriately.
本公开的示例性实施例实现Implementation of exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure
根据本公开的实施例,可以想到各种实现本公开的概念的实现方式,包括但不限于:According to the embodiments of the present disclosure, various implementation manners for realizing the concept of the present disclosure can be conceived, including but not limited to:
示例性实施例1.一种用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备,包括处理电路,所述处理电路被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 1. An electronic device used on the control side of a wireless communication system, comprising a processing circuit configured to:
在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到所述电子设备服务于的目标小区。Select a representative terminal device from the multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group, and switch from the original cell to the electronic device to serve in the group unit. The target cell.
示例性实施例2.如示例性实施例1所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 2. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein
所述代表终端设备被预留有非竞争随机接入资源。The representative terminal device is reserved for non-competitive random access resources.
示例性实施例3.如示例性实施例1所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 3. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein
所述终端设备组中的各个终端设备具有相同或相似的信号空间特征。Each terminal device in the terminal device group has the same or similar signal spatial characteristics.
示例性实施例4.如示例性实施例3所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 4. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 3, wherein
在终端设备在所述原小区中已被分组的情况下,终端设备在所述原小区中接入的另一电子设备通过去除原终端设备组中与组内其他终端设备的信号空间特征差异较大的终端设备,并且添加与组内终端设备的信号空间特征相近的新的终端设备,来得到所述终端设备组。In the case where the terminal equipment has been grouped in the original cell, another electronic device accessed by the terminal equipment in the original cell removes the difference in signal spatial characteristics between the original terminal equipment group and other terminal equipment in the group. A large terminal device is added, and a new terminal device similar to the signal space characteristics of the terminal device in the group is added to obtain the terminal device group.
示例性实施例5.如示例性实施例3所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 5. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 3, wherein
在终端设备在所述原小区中未被分组的情况下,终端设备在所述原小区中接入的另一电子设备通过对所述信号空间特征进行聚类,来得到所述终端设备组。In the case that the terminal device is not grouped in the original cell, another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell obtains the terminal device group by clustering the signal spatial characteristics.
示例性实施例6.如示例性实施例3-5中的任意一项所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary Embodiment 6. The electronic device of any one of Exemplary Embodiments 3-5, wherein
所述信号空间特征包括以下各项中的一个或多个:下行发送波束、直射径角度、多普勒频移、路径损耗和小区切换历史。The signal spatial characteristics include one or more of the following: downlink transmission beam, direct beam angle, Doppler frequency shift, path loss, and cell switching history.
示例性实施例7.如示例性实施例1所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 7. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
从终端设备在所述原小区中接入的另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换请求。Receiving a cell handover request of the terminal device group from another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell.
示例性实施例8.如示例性实施例7所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 8. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
基于所述终端设备组的小区切换请求中包含的所述另一电子设备推荐的代表终端设备ID,选择所述代表终端设备。The representative terminal device is selected based on the representative terminal device ID recommended by the another electronic device included in the cell handover request of the terminal device group.
示例性实施例9.如示例性实施例1所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 9. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
随机选择所述代表终端设备。Randomly select the representative terminal device.
示例性实施例10.如示例性实施例7所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 10. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein
所述终端设备组的小区切换请求包括终端设备特有信息,所述终端设备特有信息包括所述终端设备组中的每个终端设备在原小区中的定时提前TA值。The cell handover request of the terminal equipment group includes terminal equipment specific information, and the terminal equipment specific information includes the timing advance TA value of each terminal equipment in the terminal equipment group in the original cell.
示例性实施例11.如示例性实施例7所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 11. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
响应于所述终端设备组的小区切换请求,向所述另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换答复。In response to the cell switching request of the terminal device group, a cell switching response of the terminal device group is sent to the other electronic device.
示例性实施例12.如示例性实施例11所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 12. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 11, wherein
所述终端设备组的小区切换答复包括终端设备特有信息,所述终端设备特有信息包括准许切换的一个或多个终端设备的ID、所选择的代表终端设备的ID,以及为所述代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。The cell handover response of the terminal equipment group includes terminal equipment-specific information, and the terminal equipment-specific information includes the ID of one or more terminal equipment that is permitted to switch, the ID of the selected representative terminal equipment, and the ID of the representative terminal equipment. Configuration information of reserved non-competitive random access resources.
示例性实施例13.如示例性实施例11所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 13. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 11, wherein
所述终端设备组的小区切换答复包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。The cell handover response of the terminal equipment group includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal equipment in the target cell.
示例性实施例14.如示例性实施例11所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 14. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 11, wherein
响应于所述终端设备组的小区切换答复,所述另一电子设备向终端设备组发送切换命令;并且In response to the cell handover reply of the terminal device group, the other electronic device sends a handover command to the terminal device group; and
响应于所述切换命令,所述终端设备组中的所有终端设备切断与原小区的连接,并且对目标小区进行下行同步。In response to the handover command, all terminal devices in the terminal device group cut off the connection with the original cell, and perform downlink synchronization to the target cell.
示例性实施例15.如示例性实施例14所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 15. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 14, wherein
所述切换命令包括指示终端设备是否为代表终端设备的随机接入指示符。The handover command includes a random access indicator indicating whether the terminal device is a representative terminal device.
示例性实施例16.如示例性实施例14所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 16. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 14, wherein
对于所述代表终端设备,所述切换命令包括所述电子设备为所述代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。For the representative terminal device, the handover command includes configuration information of non-competitive random access resources reserved by the electronic device for the representative terminal device.
示例性实施例17.如示例性实施例2所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 17. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 2, wherein
所述代表终端设备利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源,随机接入目标小区中的所述电子设备;并且The representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell; and
所述电子设备向所述终端设备组中的所有终端设备发送随机接入响应RAR。The electronic device sends a random access response RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
示例性实施例18.如示例性实施例2所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 18. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 2, wherein
所述代表终端设备利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向所述电子设备发送前导序列,从而接入目标小区中的所述电子设备。The representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resource to send a preamble sequence to the electronic device, thereby accessing the electronic device in the target cell.
示例性实施例19.如示例性实施例18所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 19. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 18, wherein
所述代表终端设备从接收到切换命令到发送前导序列之间的时间大于或等于预定的组等待窗口时间。The time from receiving the handover command to sending the preamble sequence of the representative terminal device is greater than or equal to the predetermined group waiting window time.
示例性实施例20.如示例性实施例18所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步 被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 20. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 18, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
基于所述前导序列,获得代表终端设备在目标小区中的定时提前TA值。Based on the preamble sequence, a TA value representing the timing advance of the terminal equipment in the target cell is obtained.
示例性实施例21.如示例性实施例20所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 21. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 20, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
计算所述代表终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的TA值的变化量;以及Calculating the amount of change in the TA value of the representative terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell; and
通过将所述终端设备组中的非代表终端设备在原小区中的TA值与所述代表终端设备的TA值的变化量相加,得到非代表终端设备在目标小区中的TA值。The TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the target cell is obtained by adding the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the original cell and the change amount of the TA value of the representative terminal device in the terminal device group.
示例性实施例22.如示例性实施例18所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 22. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 18, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
基于所述前导序列,获得代表终端设备在目标小区中的最优下行发送波束。Based on the preamble sequence, the optimal downlink transmission beam representing the terminal equipment in the target cell is obtained.
示例性实施例23.如示例性实施例17所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 23. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 17, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
利用非代表终端设备的在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI,对要发送给非代表终端设备的RAR进行加扰。The RAR to be sent to the non-representative terminal device is scrambled by using the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of the target cell of the non-representative terminal device.
示例性实施例24.如示例性实施例17所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 24. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 17, wherein
非代表终端设备在完成下行同步后,持续地检测RAR。After completing the downlink synchronization, the non-representative terminal device continuously detects the RAR.
示例性实施例25.如示例性实施例17所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 25. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 17, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源,从成功检测到RAR的终端设备接收切换完成信令。Utilize the uplink transmission resources indicated in the RAR to receive handover completion signaling from the terminal device that successfully detects the RAR.
示例性实施例26.如示例性实施例7所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 26. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein
所述终端设备组的小区切换请求由所述终端设备组中的一个或多个终端设备的测量报告触发。The cell handover request of the terminal device group is triggered by measurement reports of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group.
示例性实施例27.如示例性实施例7所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 27. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 7, wherein
当终端设备在目标小区中预测的参考信号接收功率RSRP超过在其原小区中预测的RSRP达预定阈值时,所述终端设备组的小区切换请求被触发。When the reference signal received power RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in its original cell by a predetermined threshold, the cell handover request of the terminal device group is triggered.
示例性实施例28.如示例性实施例27所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 28. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 27, wherein
终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的预测的RSRP是利用当前测量的RSRP、RSRP变化斜率和提前时间计算出的。The predicted RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell is calculated by using the currently measured RSRP, the slope of the RSRP change, and the lead time.
示例性实施例29.如示例性实施例28所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 29. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 28, wherein
所述RSRP变化斜率是利用测量的RSRP历史值拟合估计得到的。The RSRP change slope is estimated by fitting the measured RSRP historical value.
示例性实施例30.如示例性实施例28所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 30. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 28, wherein
所述提前时间为预测时刻与当前时刻之差。The advance time is the difference between the predicted time and the current time.
示例性实施例31.如示例性实施例28所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 31. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 28, wherein
所述提前时间基于被测量的终端设备的移动速度而被配置。The lead time is configured based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
示例性实施例32.如示例性实施例1所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 32. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 1, wherein
仅为代表终端设备预留与所述电子设备的用于发送同步信号块SSB的下行发送波束中的一部分下行发送波束对应的前导序列资源。Only the representative terminal device reserves the preamble sequence resources corresponding to a part of the downlink transmission beams in the downlink transmission beams of the electronic device used to transmit the synchronization signal block SSB.
示例性实施例33.一种用于无线通信系统的终端侧的终端设备,所述终端设备包括处理电路,所述处理电路被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 33. A terminal device used in a terminal side of a wireless communication system, the terminal device including a processing circuit configured to:
触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括所述终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Trigger the electronic device on the control side of the wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send the cell handover request of the terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the cell handover response of the corresponding terminal device group, so that the terminal device group is As a representative terminal device, a terminal device is handed over from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
示例性实施例34.如示例性实施例33所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 34. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
当所述终端设备沿特定轨迹移动且移动速度大于特定阈值,并且测量报告满足小区切换条件时,触发所述电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。When the terminal device moves along a specific trajectory and the moving speed is greater than a specific threshold, and the measurement report satisfies the cell handover condition, trigger the electronic device to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group.
示例性实施例35.如示例性实施例33所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 35. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
从所述电子设备接收测量控制命令;并且Receiving a measurement control command from the electronic device; and
响应于所述测量控制命令进行测量,并向所述电子设备发送测量报告。Perform measurement in response to the measurement control command, and send a measurement report to the electronic device.
示例性实施例36.如示例性实施例33所述的终端设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 36. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein
终端设备根据其信号空间特征和小区切换历史,被所述电子设备分组。The terminal equipment is grouped by the electronic equipment according to its signal spatial characteristics and cell handover history.
示例性实施例37.如示例性实施例36所述的终端设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 37. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 36, wherein
所述信号空间特征是通过所述电子设备基于所述终端设备发送的上行参考信号估计出的。The signal spatial characteristics are estimated by the electronic device based on the uplink reference signal sent by the terminal device.
示例性实施例38.如示例性实施例36所述的终端设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 38. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 36, wherein
所述小区切换历史是由所述电子设备从移动管理单元查询得到的。The cell handover history is obtained by inquiring from the mobility management unit by the electronic device.
示例性实施例39.如示例性实施例36所述的终端设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 39. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 36, wherein
具有相同或相似的信号空间特征的终端设备被分为一组。Terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics are grouped together.
示例性实施例40.如示例性实施例33所述的终端设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 40. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein
所述终端设备组包括一个代表终端设备和一个或多个非代表终端设备。The terminal device group includes one representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
示例性实施例41.如示例性实施例33所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 41. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
从所述电子设备接收切换命令。Receive a switching command from the electronic device.
示例性实施例42.如示例性实施例41所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 42. The terminal device according to exemplary embodiment 41, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
响应于所述切换命令,所述终端设备切断与原小区的连接,并且对目标小区进行下行同步。In response to the handover command, the terminal device cuts off the connection with the original cell and performs downlink synchronization on the target cell.
示例性实施例43.如示例性实施例33所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 43. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
当所述终端设备为代表终端设备时,利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源随机接入目标小区中的另一电子设备;以及When the terminal device is a representative terminal device, use the reserved non-competitive random access resources to randomly access another electronic device in the target cell; and
从所述另一电子设备接收随机接入响应RAR。Receiving a random access response RAR from the another electronic device.
示例性实施例44.如示例性实施例43所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 44. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 43, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
当所述终端设备为代表终端设备时,利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向目标小区中的所述另一电子设备发送前导序列,从而接入目标小区中的所述另一电子设备。When the terminal device is a representative terminal device, the reserved non-competitive random access resource is used to send a preamble sequence to the other electronic device in the target cell, so as to access the other electronic device in the target cell.
示例性实施例45.如示例性实施例43所述的终端设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 45. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 43, wherein
当所述终端设备为非代表终端设备时,所述终端设备在完成下行同步后,持续地检测随机接入响应RAR。When the terminal device is a non-representative terminal device, the terminal device continuously detects the random access response RAR after completing the downlink synchronization.
示例性实施例46.如示例性实施例43所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 46. The terminal device of exemplary embodiment 43, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
当所述终端设备成功检测到RAR时,利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源,向所述终端设备在目标小区中要接入的另一电子设备发送切换完成信令。When the terminal device successfully detects the RAR, the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR is used to send the handover completion signaling to another electronic device to be accessed by the terminal device in the target cell.
示例性实施例47.一种用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备,所述电子设备包括处理电路,所述处理电路被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 47. An electronic device used on the control side of a wireless communication system, the electronic device comprising a processing circuit configured to:
向目标小区中的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并从所述另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备 作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Send the cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the other electronic device, so that the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device , Switching from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
示例性实施例48.如示例性实施例47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 48. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
将其所服务于的终端设备分组为一个或多个终端设备组,其中每个终端设备组包括一个代表终端设备和一个或多个非代表终端设备。The terminal devices it serves are grouped into one or more terminal device groups, where each terminal device group includes a representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
示例性实施例49.如示例性实施例48所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 49. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 48, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
根据终端设备的信号空间特征和小区切换历史,对终端设备进行分组。According to the signal space characteristics of the terminal equipment and the cell handover history, the terminal equipment is grouped.
示例性实施例50.如示例性实施例47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 50. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
向移动管理单元发送小区切换历史查询命令;以及Send a cell handover history query command to the mobile management unit; and
从移动管理单元接收终端设备的小区切换历史。Receive the cell handover history of the terminal device from the mobility management unit.
示例性实施例51.如示例性实施例47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 51. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
从终端设备接收上行参考信号;以及Receive the uplink reference signal from the terminal equipment; and
基于所接收的上行参考信号,估计终端设备的信号空间特征。Based on the received uplink reference signal, the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal equipment are estimated.
示例性实施例52.如示例性实施例48所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 52. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 48, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
当终端设备原先未被分组时,通过对信号空间特征进行聚类,将具有相同或相似的信号空间特征的终端设备分为一组;以及When the terminal devices are not grouped originally, by clustering the signal spatial characteristics, the terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics are grouped into a group; and
当终端设备原先已被分组时,通过去除原终端设备组中与组内其他终端设备的信号空间特征差异较大的终端设备,并且添加与组内终端设备的信号空间特征相近的新的终端设备,得到新的终端设备组。When the terminal equipment has been grouped, the terminal equipment in the original terminal equipment group that is significantly different from the other terminal equipment in the group is removed, and a new terminal equipment that is similar to the signal space characteristic of the terminal equipment in the group is added. , Get a new terminal equipment group.
示例性实施例53.如示例性实施例47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 53. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
从终端设备组中的一个或多个终端设备接收测量报告;以及Receive measurement reports from one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group; and
当所述测量报告满足小区切换条件时,向服务于目标小区的所述另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。When the measurement report satisfies the cell handover condition, a cell handover request of the terminal device group is sent to the other electronic device serving the target cell.
示例性实施例54.如示例性实施例47所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 54. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein
所述终端设备组的小区切换请求包括所述电子设备向所述另一电子设备推荐的 代表终端设备ID。The cell handover request of the terminal device group includes a representative terminal device ID recommended by the electronic device to the other electronic device.
示例性实施例55.如示例性实施例47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 55. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
根据终端设备的特征选择代表终端设备,并向所述另一电子设备发送所选择的代表终端设备ID。The representative terminal device is selected according to the characteristics of the terminal device, and the selected representative terminal device ID is sent to the other electronic device.
示例性实施例56.如示例性实施例47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 56. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
响应于所述终端设备组的小区切换答复,向终端设备组发送切换命令。In response to the cell handover reply of the terminal equipment group, a handover command is sent to the terminal equipment group.
示例性实施例57.如示例性实施例56所述的电子设备,其中Exemplary embodiment 57. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 56, wherein
所述切换命令包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。The handover command includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal device in the target cell.
示例性实施例58.如示例性实施例47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 58. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
当终端设备在目标小区中预测的参考信号接收功率RSRP超过在原小区中预测的RSRP达预定阈值时,向服务于目标小区的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。When the reference signal received power RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in the original cell by a predetermined threshold, a cell handover request of the terminal device group is sent to another electronic device serving the target cell.
示例性实施例59.如示例性实施例58所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 59. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 58, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
利用当前测量的RSRP、RSRP变化斜率和提前时间,计算终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的预测的RSRP。Using the currently measured RSRP, RSRP change slope and lead time, the predicted RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell is calculated.
示例性实施例60.如示例性实施例59所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 60. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 59, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
利用测量的RSRP历史值,拟合估计所述RSRP变化斜率。The measured RSRP historical value is used to fit and estimate the slope of the RSRP change.
示例性实施例61.如示例性实施例59所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:Exemplary embodiment 61. The electronic device of exemplary embodiment 59, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
基于被测量的终端设备的移动速度,配置所述提前时间。Configure the lead time based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
示例性实施例62.一种在用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法,包括:Exemplary embodiment 62. A packet-based cell handover method used in an electronic device on the control side of a wireless communication system, including:
在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到所述电子 设备服务于的目标小区。Select a representative terminal device from the multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group, and switch from the original cell to the electronic device to serve in the group unit. The target cell.
示例性实施例63.一种在用于无线通信系统的终端侧的终端设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法,包括:Exemplary embodiment 63. A packet-based cell handover method used in a terminal device on the terminal side of a wireless communication system, including:
触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括所述终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Trigger the electronic device on the control side of the wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send the cell handover request of the terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the cell handover response of the corresponding terminal device group, so that the terminal device group is As a representative terminal device, a terminal device is handed over from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
示例性实施例64.一种在用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法,包括:Exemplary embodiment 64. A packet-based cell handover method used in an electronic device on the control side of a wireless communication system, including:
向目标小区中的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并从所述另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Send the cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the other electronic device, so that the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device , Switching from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
示例性实施例65.一种其上存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行以下操作:Exemplary embodiment 65. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored thereon, which, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到目标小区。A representative terminal device is selected from a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group to switch from the original cell to the target cell on a group basis.
示例性实施例66.一种其上存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行以下操作:Exemplary embodiment 66. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored thereon, which, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括所述终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Trigger the electronic device on the control side of the wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send the cell handover request of the terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the cell handover response of the corresponding terminal device group, so that the terminal device group is As a representative terminal device, a terminal device is handed over from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
示例性实施例67.一种其上存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行以下操作:Exemplary embodiment 67. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored thereon, which, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
向目标小区中的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并从所述另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从原小区切换到目标小区。Send the cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the other electronic device, so that the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device , Handover from the original cell to the target cell by group.
示例性实施例68.一种包含处理器以及存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质的设备,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述设备能够执行本公开中所描述的方法。Exemplary embodiment 68. A device including a processor and a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by the processor, enables the device to perform the method described in the present disclosure .
示例性实施例69.一种包含有用于执行本公开中所描述的方法的部件的装置。Exemplary embodiment 69. An apparatus including components for performing the methods described in this disclosure.
虽然已经详细说明了本公开及其优点,但是应当理解在不脱离由所附的权利要求所限定的本公开的精神和范围的情况下可以进行各种改变、替代和变换。而且,本公开实施例的术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者设备不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者设备所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括所述要素的过程、方法、物品或者设备中还存在另外的相同要素。Although the present disclosure and its advantages have been described in detail, it should be understood that various changes, substitutions and alterations can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure as defined by the appended claims. Moreover, the terms "include", "include", or any other variations thereof in the embodiments of the present disclosure are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, article, or device including a series of elements not only includes those elements, but also Including other elements that are not explicitly listed, or elements inherent to the process, method, article, or equipment. If there are no more restrictions, the element defined by the sentence "including a..." does not exclude the existence of other identical elements in the process, method, article, or equipment that includes the element.

Claims (69)

  1. 一种用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备,包括处理电路,所述处理电路被配置为:An electronic device used on the control side of a wireless communication system includes a processing circuit configured to:
    在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到所述电子设备服务于的目标小区。Select a representative terminal device from the multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group, and switch from the original cell to the electronic device to serve in the group unit. The target cell.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 1, wherein
    所述代表终端设备被预留有非竞争随机接入资源。The representative terminal device is reserved for non-competitive random access resources.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 1, wherein
    所述终端设备组中的各个终端设备具有相同或相似的信号空间特征。Each terminal device in the terminal device group has the same or similar signal spatial characteristics.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 3, wherein
    在终端设备在所述原小区中已被分组的情况下,终端设备在所述原小区中接入的另一电子设备通过去除原终端设备组中与组内其他终端设备的信号空间特征差异较大的终端设备,并且添加与组内终端设备的信号空间特征相近的新的终端设备,来得到所述终端设备组。In the case where the terminal equipment has been grouped in the original cell, another electronic device accessed by the terminal equipment in the original cell removes the difference in signal spatial characteristics between the original terminal equipment group and other terminal equipment in the group. A large terminal device is added, and a new terminal device similar to the signal space characteristics of the terminal device in the group is added to obtain the terminal device group.
  5. 如权利要求3所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 3, wherein
    在终端设备在所述原小区中未被分组的情况下,终端设备在所述原小区中接入的另一电子设备通过对所述信号空间特征进行聚类,来得到所述终端设备组。In the case that the terminal device is not grouped in the original cell, another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell obtains the terminal device group by clustering the signal spatial characteristics.
  6. 如权利要求3-5中的任意一项所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to any one of claims 3-5, wherein
    所述信号空间特征包括以下各项中的一个或多个:下行发送波束、直射径角度、多普勒频移、路径损耗和小区切换历史。The signal spatial characteristics include one or more of the following: downlink transmission beam, direct beam angle, Doppler frequency shift, path loss, and cell switching history.
  7. 如权利要求1所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    从终端设备在所述原小区中接入的另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换请 求。Receiving a cell handover request of the terminal device group from another electronic device accessed by the terminal device in the original cell.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device according to claim 7, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    基于所述终端设备组的小区切换请求中包含的所述另一电子设备推荐的代表终端设备ID,选择所述代表终端设备。The representative terminal device is selected based on the representative terminal device ID recommended by the another electronic device included in the cell handover request of the terminal device group.
  9. 如权利要求1所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    随机选择所述代表终端设备。Randomly select the representative terminal device.
  10. 如权利要求7所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 7, wherein
    所述终端设备组的小区切换请求包括终端设备特有信息,所述终端设备特有信息包括所述终端设备组中的每个终端设备在原小区中的定时提前TA值。The cell handover request of the terminal equipment group includes terminal equipment specific information, and the terminal equipment specific information includes the timing advance TA value of each terminal equipment in the terminal equipment group in the original cell.
  11. 如权利要求7所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device according to claim 7, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    响应于所述终端设备组的小区切换请求,向所述另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换答复。In response to the cell switching request of the terminal device group, a cell switching response of the terminal device group is sent to the other electronic device.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein
    所述终端设备组的小区切换答复包括终端设备特有信息,所述终端设备特有信息包括准许切换的一个或多个终端设备的ID、所选择的代表终端设备的ID,以及为所述代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。The cell handover response of the terminal equipment group includes terminal equipment-specific information, and the terminal equipment-specific information includes the ID of one or more terminal equipment that is permitted to switch, the ID of the selected representative terminal equipment, and the ID of the representative terminal equipment. Configuration information of reserved non-competitive random access resources.
  13. 如权利要求11所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein
    所述终端设备组的小区切换答复包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。The cell handover response of the terminal equipment group includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal equipment in the target cell.
  14. 如权利要求11所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein
    响应于所述终端设备组的小区切换答复,所述另一电子设备向终端设备组发送切换命令;并且In response to the cell handover reply of the terminal device group, the other electronic device sends a handover command to the terminal device group; and
    响应于所述切换命令,所述终端设备组中的所有终端设备切断与原小区的连接, 并且对目标小区进行下行同步。In response to the handover command, all terminal devices in the terminal device group cut off the connection with the original cell, and perform downlink synchronization to the target cell.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 14, wherein
    所述切换命令包括指示终端设备是否为代表终端设备的随机接入指示符。The handover command includes a random access indicator indicating whether the terminal device is a representative terminal device.
  16. 如权利要求14所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 14, wherein
    对于所述代表终端设备,所述切换命令包括所述电子设备为所述代表终端设备预留的非竞争随机接入资源的配置信息。For the representative terminal device, the handover command includes configuration information of non-competitive random access resources reserved by the electronic device for the representative terminal device.
  17. 如权利要求2所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 2, wherein
    所述代表终端设备利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源,随机接入目标小区中的所述电子设备;并且The representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resources to randomly access the electronic device in the target cell; and
    所述电子设备向所述终端设备组中的所有终端设备发送随机接入响应RAR。The electronic device sends a random access response RAR to all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  18. 如权利要求2所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 2, wherein
    所述代表终端设备利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向所述电子设备发送前导序列,从而接入目标小区中的所述电子设备。The representative terminal device uses the reserved non-competitive random access resource to send a preamble sequence to the electronic device, thereby accessing the electronic device in the target cell.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 18, wherein
    所述代表终端设备从接收到切换命令到发送前导序列之间的时间大于或等于预定的组等待窗口时间。The time from receiving the handover command to sending the preamble sequence of the representative terminal device is greater than or equal to the predetermined group waiting window time.
  20. 如权利要求18所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 18, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    基于所述前导序列,获得代表终端设备在目标小区中的定时提前TA值。Based on the preamble sequence, a TA value representing the timing advance of the terminal equipment in the target cell is obtained.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 20, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    计算所述代表终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的TA值的变化量;以及Calculating the amount of change in the TA value of the representative terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell; and
    通过将所述终端设备组中的非代表终端设备在原小区中的TA值与所述代表终端设备的TA值的变化量相加,得到非代表终端设备在目标小区中的TA值。The TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the target cell is obtained by adding the TA value of the non-representative terminal device in the original cell and the change amount of the TA value of the representative terminal device in the terminal device group.
  22. 如权利要求18所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 18, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    基于所述前导序列,获得代表终端设备在目标小区中的最优下行发送波束。Based on the preamble sequence, the optimal downlink transmission beam representing the terminal equipment in the target cell is obtained.
  23. 如权利要求17所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 17, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    利用非代表终端设备的在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI,对要发送给非代表终端设备的RAR进行加扰。The RAR to be sent to the non-representative terminal device is scrambled by using the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of the target cell of the non-representative terminal device.
  24. 如权利要求17所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 17, wherein
    非代表终端设备在完成下行同步后,持续地检测RAR。After completing the downlink synchronization, the non-representative terminal device continuously detects the RAR.
  25. 如权利要求17所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 17, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源,从成功检测到RAR的终端设备接收切换完成信令。Utilize the uplink transmission resources indicated in the RAR to receive handover completion signaling from the terminal device that successfully detects the RAR.
  26. 如权利要求7所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 7, wherein
    所述终端设备组的小区切换请求由所述终端设备组中的一个或多个终端设备的测量报告触发。The cell handover request of the terminal device group is triggered by measurement reports of one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  27. 如权利要求7所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 7, wherein
    当终端设备在目标小区中预测的参考信号接收功率RSRP超过在其原小区中预测的RSRP达预定阈值时,所述终端设备组的小区切换请求被触发。When the reference signal received power RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in its original cell by a predetermined threshold, the cell handover request of the terminal device group is triggered.
  28. 如权利要求27所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 27, wherein
    终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的预测的RSRP是利用当前测量的RSRP、RSRP变化斜率和提前时间计算出的。The predicted RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell is calculated by using the currently measured RSRP, the slope of the RSRP change, and the lead time.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 28, wherein
    所述RSRP变化斜率是利用测量的RSRP历史值拟合估计得到的。The RSRP change slope is estimated by fitting the measured RSRP historical value.
  30. 如权利要求28所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 28, wherein
    所述提前时间为预测时刻与当前时刻之差。The advance time is the difference between the predicted time and the current time.
  31. 如权利要求28所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 28, wherein
    所述提前时间基于被测量的终端设备的移动速度而被配置。The lead time is configured based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
  32. 如权利要求1所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device according to claim 1, wherein
    仅为代表终端设备预留与所述电子设备的用于发送同步信号块SSB的下行发送波束中的一部分下行发送波束对应的前导序列资源。Only the representative terminal device reserves the preamble sequence resources corresponding to a part of the downlink transmission beams in the downlink transmission beams of the electronic device used to transmit the synchronization signal block SSB.
  33. 一种用于无线通信系统的终端侧的终端设备,所述终端设备包括处理电路,所述处理电路被配置为:A terminal device used on the terminal side of a wireless communication system, the terminal device including a processing circuit configured to:
    触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括所述终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Trigger the electronic device on the control side of the wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send the cell handover request of the terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the cell handover response of the corresponding terminal device group, so that the terminal device group is As a representative terminal device, a terminal device is handed over from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  34. 如权利要求33所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The terminal device of claim 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    当所述终端设备沿特定轨迹移动且移动速度大于特定阈值,并且测量报告满足小区切换条件时,触发所述电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。When the terminal device moves along a specific trajectory and the moving speed is greater than a specific threshold, and the measurement report satisfies the cell handover condition, trigger the electronic device to send a cell handover request of the terminal device group.
  35. 如权利要求33所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The terminal device of claim 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    从所述电子设备接收测量控制命令;并且Receiving a measurement control command from the electronic device; and
    响应于所述测量控制命令进行测量,并向所述电子设备发送测量报告。Perform measurement in response to the measurement control command, and send a measurement report to the electronic device.
  36. 如权利要求33所述的终端设备,其中The terminal device according to claim 33, wherein
    终端设备根据其信号空间特征和小区切换历史,被所述电子设备分组。The terminal equipment is grouped by the electronic equipment according to its signal spatial characteristics and cell handover history.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的终端设备,其中The terminal device according to claim 36, wherein
    所述信号空间特征是通过所述电子设备基于所述终端设备发送的上行参考信号估计出的。The signal spatial characteristics are estimated by the electronic device based on the uplink reference signal sent by the terminal device.
  38. 如权利要求36所述的终端设备,其中The terminal device according to claim 36, wherein
    所述小区切换历史是由所述电子设备从移动管理单元查询得到的。The cell handover history is obtained by inquiring from the mobility management unit by the electronic device.
  39. 如权利要求36所述的终端设备,其中The terminal device according to claim 36, wherein
    具有相同或相似的信号空间特征的终端设备被分为一组。Terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics are grouped together.
  40. 如权利要求33所述的终端设备,其中The terminal device according to claim 33, wherein
    所述终端设备组包括一个代表终端设备和一个或多个非代表终端设备。The terminal device group includes one representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
  41. 如权利要求33所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The terminal device of claim 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    从所述电子设备接收切换命令。Receive a switching command from the electronic device.
  42. 如权利要求41所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The terminal device according to claim 41, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    响应于所述切换命令,所述终端设备切断与原小区的连接,并且对目标小区进行下行同步。In response to the handover command, the terminal device cuts off the connection with the original cell and performs downlink synchronization on the target cell.
  43. 如权利要求33所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The terminal device of claim 33, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    当所述终端设备为代表终端设备时,利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源随机接入目标小区中的另一电子设备;以及When the terminal device is a representative terminal device, use the reserved non-competitive random access resources to randomly access another electronic device in the target cell; and
    从所述另一电子设备接收随机接入响应RAR。Receiving a random access response RAR from the another electronic device.
  44. 如权利要求43所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The terminal device of claim 43, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    当所述终端设备为代表终端设备时,利用预留的非竞争随机接入资源向目标小区中的所述另一电子设备发送前导序列,从而接入目标小区中的所述另一电子设备。When the terminal device is a representative terminal device, the reserved non-competitive random access resource is used to send a preamble sequence to the other electronic device in the target cell, so as to access the other electronic device in the target cell.
  45. 如权利要求43所述的终端设备,其中The terminal device according to claim 43, wherein
    当所述终端设备为非代表终端设备时,所述终端设备在完成下行同步后,持续地检测随机接入响应RAR。When the terminal device is a non-representative terminal device, the terminal device continuously detects the random access response RAR after completing the downlink synchronization.
  46. 如权利要求43所述的终端设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The terminal device of claim 43, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    当所述终端设备成功检测到RAR时,利用RAR中指示的上行传输资源,向所述终端设备在目标小区中要接入的另一电子设备发送切换完成信令。When the terminal device successfully detects the RAR, the uplink transmission resource indicated in the RAR is used to send the handover completion signaling to another electronic device to be accessed by the terminal device in the target cell.
  47. 一种用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备,所述电子设备包括处理电路,所述处理电路被配置为:An electronic device used on the control side of a wireless communication system, the electronic device including a processing circuit configured to:
    向目标小区中的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并从所述另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Send the cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the other electronic device, so that the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device , Switching from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  48. 如权利要求47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    将其所服务于的终端设备分组为一个或多个终端设备组,其中每个终端设备组包括一个代表终端设备和一个或多个非代表终端设备。The terminal devices it serves are grouped into one or more terminal device groups, where each terminal device group includes a representative terminal device and one or more non-representative terminal devices.
  49. 如权利要求48所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 48, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    根据终端设备的信号空间特征和小区切换历史,对终端设备进行分组。According to the signal space characteristics of the terminal equipment and the cell handover history, the terminal equipment is grouped.
  50. 如权利要求47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    向移动管理单元发送小区切换历史查询命令;以及Send a cell handover history query command to the mobile management unit; and
    从移动管理单元接收终端设备的小区切换历史。Receive the cell handover history of the terminal device from the mobility management unit.
  51. 如权利要求47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    从终端设备接收上行参考信号;以及Receive the uplink reference signal from the terminal equipment; and
    基于所接收的上行参考信号,估计终端设备的信号空间特征。Based on the received uplink reference signal, the signal spatial characteristics of the terminal equipment are estimated.
  52. 如权利要求48所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 48, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    当终端设备原先未被分组时,通过对信号空间特征进行聚类,将具有相同或相似的信号空间特征的终端设备分为一组;以及When the terminal devices are not grouped originally, by clustering the signal spatial characteristics, the terminal devices with the same or similar signal spatial characteristics are grouped into a group; and
    当终端设备原先已被分组时,通过去除原终端设备组中与组内其他终端设备的信号空间特征差异较大的终端设备,并且添加与组内终端设备的信号空间特征相近的新的终端设备,得到新的终端设备组。When the terminal equipment has been grouped, the terminal equipment in the original terminal equipment group that is significantly different from the other terminal equipment in the group is removed, and a new terminal equipment that is similar to the signal space characteristic of the terminal equipment in the group is added. , Get a new terminal equipment group.
  53. 如权利要求47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    从终端设备组中的一个或多个终端设备接收测量报告;以及Receive measurement reports from one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group; and
    当所述测量报告满足小区切换条件时,向服务于目标小区的所述另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。When the measurement report satisfies the cell handover condition, a cell handover request of the terminal device group is sent to the other electronic device serving the target cell.
  54. 如权利要求47所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 47, wherein
    所述终端设备组的小区切换请求包括所述电子设备向所述另一电子设备推荐的代表终端设备ID。The cell handover request of the terminal device group includes the representative terminal device ID recommended by the electronic device to the other electronic device.
  55. 如权利要求47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    根据终端设备的特征选择代表终端设备,并向所述另一电子设备发送所选择的代表终端设备ID。The representative terminal device is selected according to the characteristics of the terminal device, and the selected representative terminal device ID is sent to the other electronic device.
  56. 如权利要求47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    响应于所述终端设备组的小区切换答复,向终端设备组发送切换命令。In response to the cell handover reply of the terminal equipment group, a handover command is sent to the terminal equipment group.
  57. 如权利要求56所述的电子设备,其中The electronic device of claim 56, wherein
    所述切换命令包括终端设备组中的每个终端设备在目标小区的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。The handover command includes the cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI of each terminal device in the target cell.
  58. 如权利要求47所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 47, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    当终端设备在目标小区中预测的参考信号接收功率RSRP超过在原小区中预测的RSRP达预定阈值时,向服务于目标小区的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求。When the reference signal received power RSRP predicted by the terminal device in the target cell exceeds the RSRP predicted in the original cell by a predetermined threshold, a cell handover request of the terminal device group is sent to another electronic device serving the target cell.
  59. 如权利要求58所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 58, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    利用当前测量的RSRP、RSRP变化斜率和提前时间,计算终端设备在原小区和目标小区中的预测的RSRP。Using the currently measured RSRP, RSRP change slope and lead time, the predicted RSRP of the terminal equipment in the original cell and the target cell is calculated.
  60. 如权利要求59所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 59, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    利用测量的RSRP历史值,拟合估计所述RSRP变化斜率。The measured RSRP historical value is used to fit and estimate the slope of the RSRP change.
  61. 如权利要求59所述的电子设备,其中所述处理电路进一步被配置为:The electronic device of claim 59, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    基于被测量的终端设备的移动速度,配置所述提前时间。Configure the lead time based on the measured moving speed of the terminal device.
  62. 一种在用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法,包括:A packet-based cell handover method used in electronic equipment on the control side of a wireless communication system includes:
    在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到所述电子设备服务于的目标小区。Select a representative terminal device from the multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group, and switch from the original cell to the electronic device to serve in the group unit. The target cell.
  63. 一种在用于无线通信系统的终端侧的终端设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法,包括:A packet-based cell handover method used in terminal equipment on the terminal side of a wireless communication system includes:
    触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括所述终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Trigger the electronic device on the control side of the wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send the cell handover request of the terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the cell handover response of the corresponding terminal device group, so that the terminal device group is As a representative terminal device, a terminal device is handed over from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  64. 一种在用于无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备中使用的基于分组的小区切换方法,包括:A packet-based cell handover method used in electronic equipment on the control side of a wireless communication system includes:
    向目标小区中的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并从所述另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Send the cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the other electronic device, so that the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device , Switching from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  65. 一种其上存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行以下操作:A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium on which instructions are stored, which when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
    在终端设备组中的多个终端设备中选择一个代表终端设备,以使得终端设备组能够利用该代表终端设备作为终端设备组的代表,以组为单位从原小区切换到目标小区。A representative terminal device is selected from a plurality of terminal devices in the terminal device group, so that the terminal device group can use the representative terminal device as a representative of the terminal device group to switch from the original cell to the target cell on a group basis.
  66. 一种其上存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质,所述指令在由处理器执行 时,使得所述处理器执行以下操作:A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium on which instructions are stored, which when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
    触发服务于终端设备的无线通信系统的控制侧的电子设备发送包括所述终端设备的终端设备组的小区切换请求并接收相应的终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从所述电子设备服务于的原小区切换到目标小区。Trigger the electronic device on the control side of the wireless communication system serving the terminal device to send the cell handover request of the terminal device group including the terminal device and receive the cell handover response of the corresponding terminal device group, so that the terminal device group is As a representative terminal device, a terminal device is handed over from the original cell served by the electronic device to the target cell in a group unit.
  67. 一种其上存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行以下操作:A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium on which instructions are stored, which when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the following operations:
    向目标小区中的另一电子设备发送终端设备组的小区切换请求并从所述另一电子设备接收终端设备组的小区切换答复,使得所述终端设备组以其中的一个终端设备作为代表终端设备,以组为单位从原小区切换到目标小区。Send the cell handover request of the terminal device group to another electronic device in the target cell and receive the cell handover response of the terminal device group from the other electronic device, so that the terminal device group uses one of the terminal devices as the representative terminal device , Handover from the original cell to the target cell by group.
  68. 一种包含处理器以及存储有指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质的设备,所述指令在由处理器执行时,使得所述设备能够执行如权利要求62、63或64所述的方法。A device comprising a processor and a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing instructions, which when executed by the processor enables the device to execute the method according to claim 62, 63 or 64.
  69. 一种包含有用于执行如权利要求62、63或64所述的方法的部件的装置。A device containing means for performing the method as claimed in claim 62, 63 or 64.
PCT/CN2020/110951 2019-08-28 2020-08-25 Device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium WO2021037011A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080058940.XA CN114270940A (en) 2019-08-28 2020-08-25 Apparatus, method and storage medium for wireless communication system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910805456.8A CN112449383A (en) 2019-08-28 2019-08-28 Apparatus, method and storage medium for wireless communication system
CN201910805456.8 2019-08-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021037011A1 true WO2021037011A1 (en) 2021-03-04

Family

ID=74683439

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/110951 WO2021037011A1 (en) 2019-08-28 2020-08-25 Device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN112449383A (en)
WO (1) WO2021037011A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023011851A1 (en) * 2021-08-02 2023-02-09 Nokia Technologies Oy Prediction of a time delay for triggering a handover

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113438703B (en) * 2021-08-04 2022-12-02 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Cell measurement control method and core network equipment
WO2023108354A1 (en) * 2021-12-13 2023-06-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102291788A (en) * 2010-06-21 2011-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Group moving terminal switching success ratio improving method, mobile agent and mobile terminal
WO2013182247A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Optimising content delivery via unicast and multicast services of a public land mobile network
WO2014124558A1 (en) * 2013-02-18 2014-08-21 华为技术有限公司 Method, device, and system for handover of user equipment group
CN105075320A (en) * 2013-04-04 2015-11-18 富士通株式会社 Communication system, communication terminal, and base station
CN107466067A (en) * 2016-09-21 2017-12-12 海能达通信股份有限公司 A kind of group-calling service switching method, system, base station and terminal

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9002356B2 (en) * 2009-05-04 2015-04-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Access mode-based access control
US8588120B2 (en) * 2010-09-16 2013-11-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Power conservation in wireless client terminals using proxy device
CN104471972B (en) * 2012-07-11 2018-07-20 Lg电子株式会社 The method and its device of the measurement of terminal are executed in a wireless communication system
CN103945471B (en) * 2013-01-21 2019-01-22 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of cell switching method and device
WO2017130742A1 (en) * 2016-01-25 2017-08-03 京セラ株式会社 Base station and wireless terminal
CN109314906A (en) * 2016-06-29 2019-02-05 华为技术有限公司 A kind of cell switching method and relevant apparatus
CN107205225B (en) * 2017-08-03 2019-10-11 北京邮电大学 The switching method and apparatus of unmanned aerial vehicle onboard base station based on user trajectory prediction
CN109429261A (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-05 索尼公司 Electronic equipment and method for wireless communication
CN108093446A (en) * 2017-12-05 2018-05-29 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Cell switching method and its device under high-speed moving state

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102291788A (en) * 2010-06-21 2011-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Group moving terminal switching success ratio improving method, mobile agent and mobile terminal
WO2013182247A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Optimising content delivery via unicast and multicast services of a public land mobile network
WO2014124558A1 (en) * 2013-02-18 2014-08-21 华为技术有限公司 Method, device, and system for handover of user equipment group
CN105075320A (en) * 2013-04-04 2015-11-18 富士通株式会社 Communication system, communication terminal, and base station
CN107466067A (en) * 2016-09-21 2017-12-12 海能达通信股份有限公司 A kind of group-calling service switching method, system, base station and terminal

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023011851A1 (en) * 2021-08-02 2023-02-09 Nokia Technologies Oy Prediction of a time delay for triggering a handover

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114270940A (en) 2022-04-01
CN112449383A (en) 2021-03-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220408298A1 (en) Electronic device and method for wireless communications
US10849033B2 (en) Wireless communication device and wireless communication method
WO2021037011A1 (en) Device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium
JP6631668B2 (en) Vehicles and terminal devices
KR20190129821A (en) Electronic device and wireless communication method for wireless communication
US10798738B2 (en) Device and method
JP6547737B2 (en) apparatus
JP7215484B2 (en) Communication device and communication method
KR102122488B1 (en) Apparatus and method for handover in wireless communication system
CN109644323A (en) Electronic equipment and method in wireless communication
WO2020156567A1 (en) Device and method for wireless communication system and storage medium
WO2016092959A1 (en) Device
US20230385688A1 (en) Electronic device and method for federated learning
CN114503665B (en) Electronic device and method in wireless communication system
WO2021164675A1 (en) Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer-readable storage medium
CN116326139A (en) Electronic device, method and storage medium for wireless communication
WO2021159999A1 (en) Electronic device and method for wireless communication, and computer-readable storage medium
JPWO2017175500A1 (en) COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, METHOD, AND PROGRAM
WO2016092953A1 (en) Device
WO2023280027A1 (en) Base station, user equipment and handover method
WO2021147713A1 (en) Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2020144973A1 (en) Communication device, communication method, and program
JP2021106300A (en) Communication device
WO2014185139A1 (en) Communication control apparatus, communication control method, terminal apparatus, and information processing apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20857901

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20857901

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1